1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * eval.c: Expression evaluation. 12 */ 13 #define USING_FLOAT_STUFF 14 15 #include "vim.h" 16 17 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 18 19 #ifdef VMS 20 # include <float.h> 21 #endif 22 23 #define DICT_MAXNEST 100 /* maximum nesting of lists and dicts */ 24 25 static char *e_letunexp = N_("E18: Unexpected characters in :let"); 26 static char *e_undefvar = N_("E121: Undefined variable: %s"); 27 static char *e_missbrac = N_("E111: Missing ']'"); 28 static char *e_dictrange = N_("E719: Cannot use [:] with a Dictionary"); 29 static char *e_letwrong = N_("E734: Wrong variable type for %s="); 30 static char *e_illvar = N_("E461: Illegal variable name: %s"); 31 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 32 static char *e_float_as_string = N_("E806: using Float as a String"); 33 #endif 34 35 #define NAMESPACE_CHAR (char_u *)"abglstvw" 36 37 static dictitem_T globvars_var; /* variable used for g: */ 38 #define globvarht globvardict.dv_hashtab 39 40 /* 41 * Old Vim variables such as "v:version" are also available without the "v:". 42 * Also in functions. We need a special hashtable for them. 43 */ 44 static hashtab_T compat_hashtab; 45 46 /* 47 * When recursively copying lists and dicts we need to remember which ones we 48 * have done to avoid endless recursiveness. This unique ID is used for that. 49 * The last bit is used for previous_funccal, ignored when comparing. 50 */ 51 static int current_copyID = 0; 52 53 /* 54 * Array to hold the hashtab with variables local to each sourced script. 55 * Each item holds a variable (nameless) that points to the dict_T. 56 */ 57 typedef struct 58 { 59 dictitem_T sv_var; 60 dict_T sv_dict; 61 } scriptvar_T; 62 63 static garray_T ga_scripts = {0, 0, sizeof(scriptvar_T *), 4, NULL}; 64 #define SCRIPT_SV(id) (((scriptvar_T **)ga_scripts.ga_data)[(id) - 1]) 65 #define SCRIPT_VARS(id) (SCRIPT_SV(id)->sv_dict.dv_hashtab) 66 67 static int echo_attr = 0; /* attributes used for ":echo" */ 68 69 /* The names of packages that once were loaded are remembered. */ 70 static garray_T ga_loaded = {0, 0, sizeof(char_u *), 4, NULL}; 71 72 /* 73 * Info used by a ":for" loop. 74 */ 75 typedef struct 76 { 77 int fi_semicolon; /* TRUE if ending in '; var]' */ 78 int fi_varcount; /* nr of variables in the list */ 79 listwatch_T fi_lw; /* keep an eye on the item used. */ 80 list_T *fi_list; /* list being used */ 81 } forinfo_T; 82 83 84 /* 85 * Array to hold the value of v: variables. 86 * The value is in a dictitem, so that it can also be used in the v: scope. 87 * The reason to use this table anyway is for very quick access to the 88 * variables with the VV_ defines. 89 */ 90 91 /* values for vv_flags: */ 92 #define VV_COMPAT 1 /* compatible, also used without "v:" */ 93 #define VV_RO 2 /* read-only */ 94 #define VV_RO_SBX 4 /* read-only in the sandbox */ 95 96 #define VV_NAME(s, t) s, {{t, 0, {0}}, 0, {0}} 97 98 static struct vimvar 99 { 100 char *vv_name; /* name of variable, without v: */ 101 dictitem16_T vv_di; /* value and name for key (max 16 chars!) */ 102 char vv_flags; /* VV_COMPAT, VV_RO, VV_RO_SBX */ 103 } vimvars[VV_LEN] = 104 { 105 /* 106 * The order here must match the VV_ defines in vim.h! 107 * Initializing a union does not work, leave tv.vval empty to get zero's. 108 */ 109 {VV_NAME("count", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 110 {VV_NAME("count1", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 111 {VV_NAME("prevcount", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 112 {VV_NAME("errmsg", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 113 {VV_NAME("warningmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 114 {VV_NAME("statusmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 115 {VV_NAME("shell_error", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 116 {VV_NAME("this_session", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 117 {VV_NAME("version", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 118 {VV_NAME("lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 119 {VV_NAME("termresponse", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 120 {VV_NAME("fname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 121 {VV_NAME("lang", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 122 {VV_NAME("lc_time", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 123 {VV_NAME("ctype", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 124 {VV_NAME("charconvert_from", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 125 {VV_NAME("charconvert_to", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 126 {VV_NAME("fname_in", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 127 {VV_NAME("fname_out", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 128 {VV_NAME("fname_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 129 {VV_NAME("fname_diff", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 130 {VV_NAME("cmdarg", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 131 {VV_NAME("foldstart", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 132 {VV_NAME("foldend", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 133 {VV_NAME("folddashes", VAR_STRING), VV_RO_SBX}, 134 {VV_NAME("foldlevel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 135 {VV_NAME("progname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 136 {VV_NAME("servername", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 137 {VV_NAME("dying", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 138 {VV_NAME("exception", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 139 {VV_NAME("throwpoint", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 140 {VV_NAME("register", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 141 {VV_NAME("cmdbang", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 142 {VV_NAME("insertmode", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 143 {VV_NAME("val", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 144 {VV_NAME("key", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 145 {VV_NAME("profiling", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 146 {VV_NAME("fcs_reason", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 147 {VV_NAME("fcs_choice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 148 {VV_NAME("beval_bufnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 149 {VV_NAME("beval_winnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 150 {VV_NAME("beval_winid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 151 {VV_NAME("beval_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 152 {VV_NAME("beval_col", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 153 {VV_NAME("beval_text", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 154 {VV_NAME("scrollstart", VAR_STRING), 0}, 155 {VV_NAME("swapname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 156 {VV_NAME("swapchoice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 157 {VV_NAME("swapcommand", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 158 {VV_NAME("char", VAR_STRING), 0}, 159 {VV_NAME("mouse_win", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 160 {VV_NAME("mouse_winid", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 161 {VV_NAME("mouse_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 162 {VV_NAME("mouse_col", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 163 {VV_NAME("operator", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 164 {VV_NAME("searchforward", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 165 {VV_NAME("hlsearch", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 166 {VV_NAME("oldfiles", VAR_LIST), 0}, 167 {VV_NAME("windowid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 168 {VV_NAME("progpath", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 169 {VV_NAME("completed_item", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 170 {VV_NAME("option_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 171 {VV_NAME("option_old", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 172 {VV_NAME("option_type", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 173 {VV_NAME("errors", VAR_LIST), 0}, 174 {VV_NAME("false", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 175 {VV_NAME("true", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 176 {VV_NAME("null", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 177 {VV_NAME("none", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 178 {VV_NAME("vim_did_enter", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 179 {VV_NAME("testing", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 180 {VV_NAME("t_number", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 181 {VV_NAME("t_string", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 182 {VV_NAME("t_func", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 183 {VV_NAME("t_list", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 184 {VV_NAME("t_dict", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 185 {VV_NAME("t_float", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 186 {VV_NAME("t_bool", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 187 {VV_NAME("t_none", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 188 {VV_NAME("t_job", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 189 {VV_NAME("t_channel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 190 {VV_NAME("termrfgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 191 {VV_NAME("termrbgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 192 {VV_NAME("termu7resp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 193 {VV_NAME("termstyleresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 194 {VV_NAME("termblinkresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 195 {VV_NAME("event", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 196 }; 197 198 /* shorthand */ 199 #define vv_type vv_di.di_tv.v_type 200 #define vv_nr vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_number 201 #define vv_float vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_float 202 #define vv_str vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_string 203 #define vv_list vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_list 204 #define vv_dict vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_dict 205 #define vv_tv vv_di.di_tv 206 207 static dictitem_T vimvars_var; /* variable used for v: */ 208 #define vimvarht vimvardict.dv_hashtab 209 210 static int ex_let_vars(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, int semicolon, int var_count, char_u *nextchars); 211 static char_u *skip_var_list(char_u *arg, int *var_count, int *semicolon); 212 static char_u *skip_var_one(char_u *arg); 213 static void list_glob_vars(int *first); 214 static void list_buf_vars(int *first); 215 static void list_win_vars(int *first); 216 static void list_tab_vars(int *first); 217 static void list_vim_vars(int *first); 218 static void list_script_vars(int *first); 219 static char_u *list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first); 220 static char_u *ex_let_one(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, char_u *endchars, char_u *op); 221 static void set_var_lval(lval_T *lp, char_u *endp, typval_T *rettv, int copy, char_u *op); 222 static int tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op); 223 static void ex_unletlock(exarg_T *eap, char_u *argstart, int deep); 224 static int do_unlet_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int forceit); 225 static int do_lock_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int deep, int lock); 226 static void item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock); 227 228 static int eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 229 static int eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 230 static int eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 231 static int eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 232 static int eval6(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 233 static int eval7(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 234 235 static int eval_index(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int verbose); 236 static int get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 237 static int get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 238 static int free_unref_items(int copyID); 239 static int get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 240 static int get_env_len(char_u **arg); 241 static char_u * make_expanded_name(char_u *in_start, char_u *expr_start, char_u *expr_end, char_u *in_end); 242 static void check_vars(char_u *name, int len); 243 static typval_T *alloc_string_tv(char_u *string); 244 static void delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi); 245 static void list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first); 246 static void list_one_var_a(char_u *prefix, char_u *name, int type, char_u *string, int *first); 247 static char_u *find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags); 248 249 /* for VIM_VERSION_ defines */ 250 #include "version.h" 251 252 253 #if defined(EBCDIC) || defined(PROTO) 254 /* 255 * Compare struct fst by function name. 256 */ 257 static int 258 compare_func_name(const void *s1, const void *s2) 259 { 260 struct fst *p1 = (struct fst *)s1; 261 struct fst *p2 = (struct fst *)s2; 262 263 return STRCMP(p1->f_name, p2->f_name); 264 } 265 266 /* 267 * Sort the function table by function name. 268 * The sorting of the table above is ASCII dependant. 269 * On machines using EBCDIC we have to sort it. 270 */ 271 static void 272 sortFunctions(void) 273 { 274 int funcCnt = (int)(sizeof(functions) / sizeof(struct fst)) - 1; 275 276 qsort(functions, (size_t)funcCnt, sizeof(struct fst), compare_func_name); 277 } 278 #endif 279 280 281 /* 282 * Initialize the global and v: variables. 283 */ 284 void 285 eval_init(void) 286 { 287 int i; 288 struct vimvar *p; 289 290 init_var_dict(&globvardict, &globvars_var, VAR_DEF_SCOPE); 291 init_var_dict(&vimvardict, &vimvars_var, VAR_SCOPE); 292 vimvardict.dv_lock = VAR_FIXED; 293 hash_init(&compat_hashtab); 294 func_init(); 295 296 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 297 { 298 p = &vimvars[i]; 299 if (STRLEN(p->vv_name) > 16) 300 { 301 IEMSG("INTERNAL: name too long, increase size of dictitem16_T"); 302 getout(1); 303 } 304 STRCPY(p->vv_di.di_key, p->vv_name); 305 if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO) 306 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 307 else if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO_SBX) 308 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 309 else 310 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_FIX; 311 312 /* add to v: scope dict, unless the value is not always available */ 313 if (p->vv_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 314 hash_add(&vimvarht, p->vv_di.di_key); 315 if (p->vv_flags & VV_COMPAT) 316 /* add to compat scope dict */ 317 hash_add(&compat_hashtab, p->vv_di.di_key); 318 } 319 vimvars[VV_VERSION].vv_nr = VIM_VERSION_100; 320 321 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SEARCHFORWARD, 1L); 322 set_vim_var_nr(VV_HLSEARCH, 1L); 323 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 324 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 325 set_vim_var_dict(VV_EVENT, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 326 327 set_vim_var_nr(VV_FALSE, VVAL_FALSE); 328 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TRUE, VVAL_TRUE); 329 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NONE, VVAL_NONE); 330 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NULL, VVAL_NULL); 331 332 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NUMBER, VAR_TYPE_NUMBER); 333 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_STRING, VAR_TYPE_STRING); 334 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FUNC, VAR_TYPE_FUNC); 335 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_LIST, VAR_TYPE_LIST); 336 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_DICT, VAR_TYPE_DICT); 337 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FLOAT, VAR_TYPE_FLOAT); 338 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_BOOL, VAR_TYPE_BOOL); 339 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NONE, VAR_TYPE_NONE); 340 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_JOB, VAR_TYPE_JOB); 341 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_CHANNEL, VAR_TYPE_CHANNEL); 342 343 set_reg_var(0); /* default for v:register is not 0 but '"' */ 344 345 #ifdef EBCDIC 346 /* 347 * Sort the function table, to enable binary search. 348 */ 349 sortFunctions(); 350 #endif 351 } 352 353 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 354 void 355 eval_clear(void) 356 { 357 int i; 358 struct vimvar *p; 359 360 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 361 { 362 p = &vimvars[i]; 363 if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 364 VIM_CLEAR(p->vv_str); 365 else if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 366 { 367 list_unref(p->vv_list); 368 p->vv_list = NULL; 369 } 370 } 371 hash_clear(&vimvarht); 372 hash_init(&vimvarht); /* garbage_collect() will access it */ 373 hash_clear(&compat_hashtab); 374 375 free_scriptnames(); 376 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) 377 free_locales(); 378 # endif 379 380 /* global variables */ 381 vars_clear(&globvarht); 382 383 /* autoloaded script names */ 384 ga_clear_strings(&ga_loaded); 385 386 /* Script-local variables. First clear all the variables and in a second 387 * loop free the scriptvar_T, because a variable in one script might hold 388 * a reference to the whole scope of another script. */ 389 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 390 vars_clear(&SCRIPT_VARS(i)); 391 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 392 vim_free(SCRIPT_SV(i)); 393 ga_clear(&ga_scripts); 394 395 /* unreferenced lists and dicts */ 396 (void)garbage_collect(FALSE); 397 398 /* functions */ 399 free_all_functions(); 400 } 401 #endif 402 403 404 /* 405 * Set an internal variable to a string value. Creates the variable if it does 406 * not already exist. 407 */ 408 void 409 set_internal_string_var(char_u *name, char_u *value) 410 { 411 char_u *val; 412 typval_T *tvp; 413 414 val = vim_strsave(value); 415 if (val != NULL) 416 { 417 tvp = alloc_string_tv(val); 418 if (tvp != NULL) 419 { 420 set_var(name, tvp, FALSE); 421 free_tv(tvp); 422 } 423 } 424 } 425 426 static lval_T *redir_lval = NULL; 427 #define EVALCMD_BUSY (redir_lval == (lval_T *)&redir_lval) 428 static garray_T redir_ga; /* only valid when redir_lval is not NULL */ 429 static char_u *redir_endp = NULL; 430 static char_u *redir_varname = NULL; 431 432 /* 433 * Start recording command output to a variable 434 * When "append" is TRUE append to an existing variable. 435 * Returns OK if successfully completed the setup. FAIL otherwise. 436 */ 437 int 438 var_redir_start(char_u *name, int append) 439 { 440 int save_emsg; 441 int err; 442 typval_T tv; 443 444 /* Catch a bad name early. */ 445 if (!eval_isnamec1(*name)) 446 { 447 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 448 return FAIL; 449 } 450 451 /* Make a copy of the name, it is used in redir_lval until redir ends. */ 452 redir_varname = vim_strsave(name); 453 if (redir_varname == NULL) 454 return FAIL; 455 456 redir_lval = (lval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(lval_T)); 457 if (redir_lval == NULL) 458 { 459 var_redir_stop(); 460 return FAIL; 461 } 462 463 /* The output is stored in growarray "redir_ga" until redirection ends. */ 464 ga_init2(&redir_ga, (int)sizeof(char), 500); 465 466 /* Parse the variable name (can be a dict or list entry). */ 467 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 468 FNE_CHECK_START); 469 if (redir_endp == NULL || redir_lval->ll_name == NULL || *redir_endp != NUL) 470 { 471 clear_lval(redir_lval); 472 if (redir_endp != NULL && *redir_endp != NUL) 473 /* Trailing characters are present after the variable name */ 474 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 475 else 476 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 477 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 478 var_redir_stop(); 479 return FAIL; 480 } 481 482 /* check if we can write to the variable: set it to or append an empty 483 * string */ 484 save_emsg = did_emsg; 485 did_emsg = FALSE; 486 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 487 tv.vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 488 if (append) 489 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"."); 490 else 491 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"="); 492 clear_lval(redir_lval); 493 err = did_emsg; 494 did_emsg |= save_emsg; 495 if (err) 496 { 497 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 498 var_redir_stop(); 499 return FAIL; 500 } 501 502 return OK; 503 } 504 505 /* 506 * Append "value[value_len]" to the variable set by var_redir_start(). 507 * The actual appending is postponed until redirection ends, because the value 508 * appended may in fact be the string we write to, changing it may cause freed 509 * memory to be used: 510 * :redir => foo 511 * :let foo 512 * :redir END 513 */ 514 void 515 var_redir_str(char_u *value, int value_len) 516 { 517 int len; 518 519 if (redir_lval == NULL) 520 return; 521 522 if (value_len == -1) 523 len = (int)STRLEN(value); /* Append the entire string */ 524 else 525 len = value_len; /* Append only "value_len" characters */ 526 527 if (ga_grow(&redir_ga, len) == OK) 528 { 529 mch_memmove((char *)redir_ga.ga_data + redir_ga.ga_len, value, len); 530 redir_ga.ga_len += len; 531 } 532 else 533 var_redir_stop(); 534 } 535 536 /* 537 * Stop redirecting command output to a variable. 538 * Frees the allocated memory. 539 */ 540 void 541 var_redir_stop(void) 542 { 543 typval_T tv; 544 545 if (EVALCMD_BUSY) 546 { 547 redir_lval = NULL; 548 return; 549 } 550 551 if (redir_lval != NULL) 552 { 553 /* If there was no error: assign the text to the variable. */ 554 if (redir_endp != NULL) 555 { 556 ga_append(&redir_ga, NUL); /* Append the trailing NUL. */ 557 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 558 tv.vval.v_string = redir_ga.ga_data; 559 /* Call get_lval() again, if it's inside a Dict or List it may 560 * have changed. */ 561 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, 562 FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 563 if (redir_endp != NULL && redir_lval->ll_name != NULL) 564 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, FALSE, (char_u *)"."); 565 clear_lval(redir_lval); 566 } 567 568 /* free the collected output */ 569 VIM_CLEAR(redir_ga.ga_data); 570 571 VIM_CLEAR(redir_lval); 572 } 573 VIM_CLEAR(redir_varname); 574 } 575 576 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 577 int 578 eval_charconvert( 579 char_u *enc_from, 580 char_u *enc_to, 581 char_u *fname_from, 582 char_u *fname_to) 583 { 584 int err = FALSE; 585 586 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, enc_from, -1); 587 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, enc_to, -1); 588 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname_from, -1); 589 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, fname_to, -1); 590 if (eval_to_bool(p_ccv, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 591 err = TRUE; 592 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, NULL, -1); 593 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, NULL, -1); 594 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 595 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 596 597 if (err) 598 return FAIL; 599 return OK; 600 } 601 # endif 602 603 # if defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO) 604 int 605 eval_printexpr(char_u *fname, char_u *args) 606 { 607 int err = FALSE; 608 609 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname, -1); 610 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, args, -1); 611 if (eval_to_bool(p_pexpr, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 612 err = TRUE; 613 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 614 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, NULL, -1); 615 616 if (err) 617 { 618 mch_remove(fname); 619 return FAIL; 620 } 621 return OK; 622 } 623 # endif 624 625 # if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) 626 void 627 eval_diff( 628 char_u *origfile, 629 char_u *newfile, 630 char_u *outfile) 631 { 632 int err = FALSE; 633 634 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 635 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, newfile, -1); 636 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 637 (void)eval_to_bool(p_dex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 638 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 639 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, NULL, -1); 640 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 641 } 642 643 void 644 eval_patch( 645 char_u *origfile, 646 char_u *difffile, 647 char_u *outfile) 648 { 649 int err; 650 651 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 652 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, difffile, -1); 653 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 654 (void)eval_to_bool(p_pex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 655 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 656 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, NULL, -1); 657 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 658 } 659 # endif 660 661 /* 662 * Top level evaluation function, returning a boolean. 663 * Sets "error" to TRUE if there was an error. 664 * Return TRUE or FALSE. 665 */ 666 int 667 eval_to_bool( 668 char_u *arg, 669 int *error, 670 char_u **nextcmd, 671 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 672 { 673 typval_T tv; 674 varnumber_T retval = FALSE; 675 676 if (skip) 677 ++emsg_skip; 678 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL) 679 *error = TRUE; 680 else 681 { 682 *error = FALSE; 683 if (!skip) 684 { 685 retval = (get_tv_number_chk(&tv, error) != 0); 686 clear_tv(&tv); 687 } 688 } 689 if (skip) 690 --emsg_skip; 691 692 return (int)retval; 693 } 694 695 static int 696 eval_expr_typval(typval_T *expr, typval_T *argv, int argc, typval_T *rettv) 697 { 698 char_u *s; 699 int dummy; 700 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 701 702 if (expr->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 703 { 704 s = expr->vval.v_string; 705 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 706 return FAIL; 707 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 708 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, NULL, NULL) == FAIL) 709 return FAIL; 710 } 711 else if (expr->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 712 { 713 partial_T *partial = expr->vval.v_partial; 714 715 s = partial_name(partial); 716 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 717 return FAIL; 718 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 719 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, partial, NULL) == FAIL) 720 return FAIL; 721 } 722 else 723 { 724 s = get_tv_string_buf_chk(expr, buf); 725 if (s == NULL) 726 return FAIL; 727 s = skipwhite(s); 728 if (eval1(&s, rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 729 return FAIL; 730 if (*s != NUL) /* check for trailing chars after expr */ 731 { 732 clear_tv(rettv); 733 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), s); 734 return FAIL; 735 } 736 } 737 return OK; 738 } 739 740 /* 741 * Like eval_to_bool() but using a typval_T instead of a string. 742 * Works for string, funcref and partial. 743 */ 744 int 745 eval_expr_to_bool(typval_T *expr, int *error) 746 { 747 typval_T rettv; 748 int res; 749 750 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, NULL, 0, &rettv) == FAIL) 751 { 752 *error = TRUE; 753 return FALSE; 754 } 755 res = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, error) != 0); 756 clear_tv(&rettv); 757 return res; 758 } 759 760 /* 761 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. If "skip" is TRUE, 762 * only parsing to "nextcmd" is done, without reporting errors. Return 763 * pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure or when "skip" is TRUE. 764 */ 765 char_u * 766 eval_to_string_skip( 767 char_u *arg, 768 char_u **nextcmd, 769 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 770 { 771 typval_T tv; 772 char_u *retval; 773 774 if (skip) 775 ++emsg_skip; 776 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL || skip) 777 retval = NULL; 778 else 779 { 780 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 781 clear_tv(&tv); 782 } 783 if (skip) 784 --emsg_skip; 785 786 return retval; 787 } 788 789 /* 790 * Skip over an expression at "*pp". 791 * Return FAIL for an error, OK otherwise. 792 */ 793 int 794 skip_expr(char_u **pp) 795 { 796 typval_T rettv; 797 798 *pp = skipwhite(*pp); 799 return eval1(pp, &rettv, FALSE); 800 } 801 802 /* 803 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. 804 * When "convert" is TRUE convert a List into a sequence of lines and convert 805 * a Float to a String. 806 * Return pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. 807 */ 808 char_u * 809 eval_to_string( 810 char_u *arg, 811 char_u **nextcmd, 812 int convert) 813 { 814 typval_T tv; 815 char_u *retval; 816 garray_T ga; 817 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 818 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 819 #endif 820 821 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 822 retval = NULL; 823 else 824 { 825 if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 826 { 827 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char), 80); 828 if (tv.vval.v_list != NULL) 829 { 830 list_join(&ga, tv.vval.v_list, (char_u *)"\n", TRUE, FALSE, 0); 831 if (tv.vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 832 ga_append(&ga, NL); 833 } 834 ga_append(&ga, NUL); 835 retval = (char_u *)ga.ga_data; 836 } 837 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 838 else if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 839 { 840 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv.vval.v_float); 841 retval = vim_strsave(numbuf); 842 } 843 #endif 844 else 845 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 846 clear_tv(&tv); 847 } 848 849 return retval; 850 } 851 852 /* 853 * Call eval_to_string() without using current local variables and using 854 * textlock. When "use_sandbox" is TRUE use the sandbox. 855 */ 856 char_u * 857 eval_to_string_safe( 858 char_u *arg, 859 char_u **nextcmd, 860 int use_sandbox) 861 { 862 char_u *retval; 863 void *save_funccalp; 864 865 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 866 if (use_sandbox) 867 ++sandbox; 868 ++textlock; 869 retval = eval_to_string(arg, nextcmd, FALSE); 870 if (use_sandbox) 871 --sandbox; 872 --textlock; 873 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 874 return retval; 875 } 876 877 /* 878 * Top level evaluation function, returning a number. 879 * Evaluates "expr" silently. 880 * Returns -1 for an error. 881 */ 882 varnumber_T 883 eval_to_number(char_u *expr) 884 { 885 typval_T rettv; 886 varnumber_T retval; 887 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 888 889 ++emsg_off; 890 891 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 892 retval = -1; 893 else 894 { 895 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 896 clear_tv(&rettv); 897 } 898 --emsg_off; 899 900 return retval; 901 } 902 903 /* 904 * Prepare v: variable "idx" to be used. 905 * Save the current typeval in "save_tv". 906 * When not used yet add the variable to the v: hashtable. 907 */ 908 static void 909 prepare_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 910 { 911 *save_tv = vimvars[idx].vv_tv; 912 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 913 hash_add(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 914 } 915 916 /* 917 * Restore v: variable "idx" to typeval "save_tv". 918 * When no longer defined, remove the variable from the v: hashtable. 919 */ 920 static void 921 restore_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 922 { 923 hashitem_T *hi; 924 925 vimvars[idx].vv_tv = *save_tv; 926 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 927 { 928 hi = hash_find(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 929 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 930 internal_error("restore_vimvar()"); 931 else 932 hash_remove(&vimvarht, hi); 933 } 934 } 935 936 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) 937 /* 938 * Evaluate an expression to a list with suggestions. 939 * For the "expr:" part of 'spellsuggest'. 940 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 941 */ 942 list_T * 943 eval_spell_expr(char_u *badword, char_u *expr) 944 { 945 typval_T save_val; 946 typval_T rettv; 947 list_T *list = NULL; 948 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 949 950 /* Set "v:val" to the bad word. */ 951 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 952 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 953 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_str = badword; 954 if (p_verbose == 0) 955 ++emsg_off; 956 957 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == OK) 958 { 959 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 960 clear_tv(&rettv); 961 else 962 list = rettv.vval.v_list; 963 } 964 965 if (p_verbose == 0) 966 --emsg_off; 967 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 968 969 return list; 970 } 971 972 /* 973 * "list" is supposed to contain two items: a word and a number. Return the 974 * word in "pp" and the number as the return value. 975 * Return -1 if anything isn't right. 976 * Used to get the good word and score from the eval_spell_expr() result. 977 */ 978 int 979 get_spellword(list_T *list, char_u **pp) 980 { 981 listitem_T *li; 982 983 li = list->lv_first; 984 if (li == NULL) 985 return -1; 986 *pp = get_tv_string(&li->li_tv); 987 988 li = li->li_next; 989 if (li == NULL) 990 return -1; 991 return (int)get_tv_number(&li->li_tv); 992 } 993 #endif 994 995 /* 996 * Top level evaluation function. 997 * Returns an allocated typval_T with the result. 998 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 999 */ 1000 typval_T * 1001 eval_expr(char_u *arg, char_u **nextcmd) 1002 { 1003 typval_T *tv; 1004 1005 tv = (typval_T *)alloc(sizeof(typval_T)); 1006 if (tv != NULL && eval0(arg, tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 1007 VIM_CLEAR(tv); 1008 1009 return tv; 1010 } 1011 1012 1013 /* 1014 * Call some Vim script function and return the result in "*rettv". 1015 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] 1016 * should have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1017 * Returns OK or FAIL. 1018 */ 1019 int 1020 call_vim_function( 1021 char_u *func, 1022 int argc, 1023 typval_T *argv, 1024 typval_T *rettv, 1025 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1026 { 1027 int doesrange; 1028 void *save_funccalp = NULL; 1029 int ret; 1030 1031 if (safe) 1032 { 1033 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 1034 ++sandbox; 1035 } 1036 1037 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; /* clear_tv() uses this */ 1038 ret = call_func(func, (int)STRLEN(func), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 1039 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1040 &doesrange, TRUE, NULL, NULL); 1041 if (safe) 1042 { 1043 --sandbox; 1044 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 1045 } 1046 1047 if (ret == FAIL) 1048 clear_tv(rettv); 1049 1050 return ret; 1051 } 1052 1053 /* 1054 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a number. 1055 * Returns -1 when calling the function fails. 1056 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] should 1057 * have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1058 */ 1059 varnumber_T 1060 call_func_retnr( 1061 char_u *func, 1062 int argc, 1063 typval_T *argv, 1064 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1065 { 1066 typval_T rettv; 1067 varnumber_T retval; 1068 1069 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, &rettv, safe) == FAIL) 1070 return -1; 1071 1072 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 1073 clear_tv(&rettv); 1074 return retval; 1075 } 1076 1077 #if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) \ 1078 || defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(PROTO) 1079 1080 # if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) || defined(PROTO) 1081 /* 1082 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a string. 1083 * Returns NULL when calling the function fails. 1084 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] should 1085 * have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1086 */ 1087 void * 1088 call_func_retstr( 1089 char_u *func, 1090 int argc, 1091 typval_T *argv, 1092 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1093 { 1094 typval_T rettv; 1095 char_u *retval; 1096 1097 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, &rettv, safe) == FAIL) 1098 return NULL; 1099 1100 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&rettv)); 1101 clear_tv(&rettv); 1102 return retval; 1103 } 1104 # endif 1105 1106 /* 1107 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a List. 1108 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] should 1109 * have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1110 * Returns NULL when there is something wrong. 1111 */ 1112 void * 1113 call_func_retlist( 1114 char_u *func, 1115 int argc, 1116 typval_T *argv, 1117 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1118 { 1119 typval_T rettv; 1120 1121 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, &rettv, safe) == FAIL) 1122 return NULL; 1123 1124 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 1125 { 1126 clear_tv(&rettv); 1127 return NULL; 1128 } 1129 1130 return rettv.vval.v_list; 1131 } 1132 #endif 1133 1134 1135 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1136 /* 1137 * Evaluate 'foldexpr'. Returns the foldlevel, and any character preceding 1138 * it in "*cp". Doesn't give error messages. 1139 */ 1140 int 1141 eval_foldexpr(char_u *arg, int *cp) 1142 { 1143 typval_T tv; 1144 varnumber_T retval; 1145 char_u *s; 1146 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"foldexpr", 1147 OPT_LOCAL); 1148 1149 ++emsg_off; 1150 if (use_sandbox) 1151 ++sandbox; 1152 ++textlock; 1153 *cp = NUL; 1154 if (eval0(arg, &tv, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) 1155 retval = 0; 1156 else 1157 { 1158 /* If the result is a number, just return the number. */ 1159 if (tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 1160 retval = tv.vval.v_number; 1161 else if (tv.v_type != VAR_STRING || tv.vval.v_string == NULL) 1162 retval = 0; 1163 else 1164 { 1165 /* If the result is a string, check if there is a non-digit before 1166 * the number. */ 1167 s = tv.vval.v_string; 1168 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*s) && *s != '-') 1169 *cp = *s++; 1170 retval = atol((char *)s); 1171 } 1172 clear_tv(&tv); 1173 } 1174 --emsg_off; 1175 if (use_sandbox) 1176 --sandbox; 1177 --textlock; 1178 1179 return (int)retval; 1180 } 1181 #endif 1182 1183 /* 1184 * ":let" list all variable values 1185 * ":let var1 var2" list variable values 1186 * ":let var = expr" assignment command. 1187 * ":let var += expr" assignment command. 1188 * ":let var -= expr" assignment command. 1189 * ":let var .= expr" assignment command. 1190 * ":let [var1, var2] = expr" unpack list. 1191 */ 1192 void 1193 ex_let(exarg_T *eap) 1194 { 1195 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 1196 char_u *expr = NULL; 1197 typval_T rettv; 1198 int i; 1199 int var_count = 0; 1200 int semicolon = 0; 1201 char_u op[2]; 1202 char_u *argend; 1203 int first = TRUE; 1204 1205 argend = skip_var_list(arg, &var_count, &semicolon); 1206 if (argend == NULL) 1207 return; 1208 if (argend > arg && argend[-1] == '.') /* for var.='str' */ 1209 --argend; 1210 expr = skipwhite(argend); 1211 if (*expr != '=' && !(vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL 1212 && expr[1] == '=')) 1213 { 1214 /* 1215 * ":let" without "=": list variables 1216 */ 1217 if (*arg == '[') 1218 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 1219 else if (!ends_excmd(*arg)) 1220 /* ":let var1 var2" */ 1221 arg = list_arg_vars(eap, arg, &first); 1222 else if (!eap->skip) 1223 { 1224 /* ":let" */ 1225 list_glob_vars(&first); 1226 list_buf_vars(&first); 1227 list_win_vars(&first); 1228 list_tab_vars(&first); 1229 list_script_vars(&first); 1230 list_func_vars(&first); 1231 list_vim_vars(&first); 1232 } 1233 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 1234 } 1235 else 1236 { 1237 op[0] = '='; 1238 op[1] = NUL; 1239 if (*expr != '=') 1240 { 1241 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL) 1242 op[0] = *expr; /* +=, -= or .= */ 1243 expr = skipwhite(expr + 2); 1244 } 1245 else 1246 expr = skipwhite(expr + 1); 1247 1248 if (eap->skip) 1249 ++emsg_skip; 1250 i = eval0(expr, &rettv, &eap->nextcmd, !eap->skip); 1251 if (eap->skip) 1252 { 1253 if (i != FAIL) 1254 clear_tv(&rettv); 1255 --emsg_skip; 1256 } 1257 else if (i != FAIL) 1258 { 1259 (void)ex_let_vars(eap->arg, &rettv, FALSE, semicolon, var_count, 1260 op); 1261 clear_tv(&rettv); 1262 } 1263 } 1264 } 1265 1266 /* 1267 * Assign the typevalue "tv" to the variable or variables at "arg_start". 1268 * Handles both "var" with any type and "[var, var; var]" with a list type. 1269 * When "nextchars" is not NULL it points to a string with characters that 1270 * must appear after the variable(s). Use "+", "-" or "." for add, subtract 1271 * or concatenate. 1272 * Returns OK or FAIL; 1273 */ 1274 static int 1275 ex_let_vars( 1276 char_u *arg_start, 1277 typval_T *tv, 1278 int copy, /* copy values from "tv", don't move */ 1279 int semicolon, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1280 int var_count, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1281 char_u *nextchars) 1282 { 1283 char_u *arg = arg_start; 1284 list_T *l; 1285 int i; 1286 listitem_T *item; 1287 typval_T ltv; 1288 1289 if (*arg != '[') 1290 { 1291 /* 1292 * ":let var = expr" or ":for var in list" 1293 */ 1294 if (ex_let_one(arg, tv, copy, nextchars, nextchars) == NULL) 1295 return FAIL; 1296 return OK; 1297 } 1298 1299 /* 1300 * ":let [v1, v2] = list" or ":for [v1, v2] in listlist" 1301 */ 1302 if (tv->v_type != VAR_LIST || (l = tv->vval.v_list) == NULL) 1303 { 1304 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 1305 return FAIL; 1306 } 1307 1308 i = list_len(l); 1309 if (semicolon == 0 && var_count < i) 1310 { 1311 EMSG(_("E687: Less targets than List items")); 1312 return FAIL; 1313 } 1314 if (var_count - semicolon > i) 1315 { 1316 EMSG(_("E688: More targets than List items")); 1317 return FAIL; 1318 } 1319 1320 item = l->lv_first; 1321 while (*arg != ']') 1322 { 1323 arg = skipwhite(arg + 1); 1324 arg = ex_let_one(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, (char_u *)",;]", nextchars); 1325 item = item->li_next; 1326 if (arg == NULL) 1327 return FAIL; 1328 1329 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1330 if (*arg == ';') 1331 { 1332 /* Put the rest of the list (may be empty) in the var after ';'. 1333 * Create a new list for this. */ 1334 l = list_alloc(); 1335 if (l == NULL) 1336 return FAIL; 1337 while (item != NULL) 1338 { 1339 list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv); 1340 item = item->li_next; 1341 } 1342 1343 ltv.v_type = VAR_LIST; 1344 ltv.v_lock = 0; 1345 ltv.vval.v_list = l; 1346 l->lv_refcount = 1; 1347 1348 arg = ex_let_one(skipwhite(arg + 1), <v, FALSE, 1349 (char_u *)"]", nextchars); 1350 clear_tv(<v); 1351 if (arg == NULL) 1352 return FAIL; 1353 break; 1354 } 1355 else if (*arg != ',' && *arg != ']') 1356 { 1357 internal_error("ex_let_vars()"); 1358 return FAIL; 1359 } 1360 } 1361 1362 return OK; 1363 } 1364 1365 /* 1366 * Skip over assignable variable "var" or list of variables "[var, var]". 1367 * Used for ":let varvar = expr" and ":for varvar in expr". 1368 * For "[var, var]" increment "*var_count" for each variable. 1369 * for "[var, var; var]" set "semicolon". 1370 * Return NULL for an error. 1371 */ 1372 static char_u * 1373 skip_var_list( 1374 char_u *arg, 1375 int *var_count, 1376 int *semicolon) 1377 { 1378 char_u *p, *s; 1379 1380 if (*arg == '[') 1381 { 1382 /* "[var, var]": find the matching ']'. */ 1383 p = arg; 1384 for (;;) 1385 { 1386 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip whites after '[', ';' or ',' */ 1387 s = skip_var_one(p); 1388 if (s == p) 1389 { 1390 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1391 return NULL; 1392 } 1393 ++*var_count; 1394 1395 p = skipwhite(s); 1396 if (*p == ']') 1397 break; 1398 else if (*p == ';') 1399 { 1400 if (*semicolon == 1) 1401 { 1402 EMSG(_("Double ; in list of variables")); 1403 return NULL; 1404 } 1405 *semicolon = 1; 1406 } 1407 else if (*p != ',') 1408 { 1409 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1410 return NULL; 1411 } 1412 } 1413 return p + 1; 1414 } 1415 else 1416 return skip_var_one(arg); 1417 } 1418 1419 /* 1420 * Skip one (assignable) variable name, including @r, $VAR, &option, d.key, 1421 * l[idx]. 1422 */ 1423 static char_u * 1424 skip_var_one(char_u *arg) 1425 { 1426 if (*arg == '@' && arg[1] != NUL) 1427 return arg + 2; 1428 return find_name_end(*arg == '$' || *arg == '&' ? arg + 1 : arg, 1429 NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1430 } 1431 1432 /* 1433 * List variables for hashtab "ht" with prefix "prefix". 1434 * If "empty" is TRUE also list NULL strings as empty strings. 1435 */ 1436 void 1437 list_hashtable_vars( 1438 hashtab_T *ht, 1439 char_u *prefix, 1440 int empty, 1441 int *first) 1442 { 1443 hashitem_T *hi; 1444 dictitem_T *di; 1445 int todo; 1446 1447 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 1448 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 1449 { 1450 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 1451 { 1452 --todo; 1453 di = HI2DI(hi); 1454 if (empty || di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_STRING 1455 || di->di_tv.vval.v_string != NULL) 1456 list_one_var(di, prefix, first); 1457 } 1458 } 1459 } 1460 1461 /* 1462 * List global variables. 1463 */ 1464 static void 1465 list_glob_vars(int *first) 1466 { 1467 list_hashtable_vars(&globvarht, (char_u *)"", TRUE, first); 1468 } 1469 1470 /* 1471 * List buffer variables. 1472 */ 1473 static void 1474 list_buf_vars(int *first) 1475 { 1476 list_hashtable_vars(&curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab, (char_u *)"b:", 1477 TRUE, first); 1478 } 1479 1480 /* 1481 * List window variables. 1482 */ 1483 static void 1484 list_win_vars(int *first) 1485 { 1486 list_hashtable_vars(&curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 1487 (char_u *)"w:", TRUE, first); 1488 } 1489 1490 /* 1491 * List tab page variables. 1492 */ 1493 static void 1494 list_tab_vars(int *first) 1495 { 1496 list_hashtable_vars(&curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab, 1497 (char_u *)"t:", TRUE, first); 1498 } 1499 1500 /* 1501 * List Vim variables. 1502 */ 1503 static void 1504 list_vim_vars(int *first) 1505 { 1506 list_hashtable_vars(&vimvarht, (char_u *)"v:", FALSE, first); 1507 } 1508 1509 /* 1510 * List script-local variables, if there is a script. 1511 */ 1512 static void 1513 list_script_vars(int *first) 1514 { 1515 if (current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 1516 list_hashtable_vars(&SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID), 1517 (char_u *)"s:", FALSE, first); 1518 } 1519 1520 /* 1521 * List variables in "arg". 1522 */ 1523 static char_u * 1524 list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first) 1525 { 1526 int error = FALSE; 1527 int len; 1528 char_u *name; 1529 char_u *name_start; 1530 char_u *arg_subsc; 1531 char_u *tofree; 1532 typval_T tv; 1533 1534 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) 1535 { 1536 if (error || eap->skip) 1537 { 1538 arg = find_name_end(arg, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1539 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(*arg) && !ends_excmd(*arg)) 1540 { 1541 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1542 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1543 break; 1544 } 1545 } 1546 else 1547 { 1548 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 1549 name_start = name = arg; 1550 len = get_name_len(&arg, &tofree, TRUE, TRUE); 1551 if (len <= 0) 1552 { 1553 /* This is mainly to keep test 49 working: when expanding 1554 * curly braces fails overrule the exception error message. */ 1555 if (len < 0 && !aborting()) 1556 { 1557 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1558 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1559 break; 1560 } 1561 error = TRUE; 1562 } 1563 else 1564 { 1565 if (tofree != NULL) 1566 name = tofree; 1567 if (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1568 error = TRUE; 1569 else 1570 { 1571 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 1572 arg_subsc = arg; 1573 if (handle_subscript(&arg, &tv, TRUE, TRUE) == FAIL) 1574 error = TRUE; 1575 else 1576 { 1577 if (arg == arg_subsc && len == 2 && name[1] == ':') 1578 { 1579 switch (*name) 1580 { 1581 case 'g': list_glob_vars(first); break; 1582 case 'b': list_buf_vars(first); break; 1583 case 'w': list_win_vars(first); break; 1584 case 't': list_tab_vars(first); break; 1585 case 'v': list_vim_vars(first); break; 1586 case 's': list_script_vars(first); break; 1587 case 'l': list_func_vars(first); break; 1588 default: 1589 EMSG2(_("E738: Can't list variables for %s"), name); 1590 } 1591 } 1592 else 1593 { 1594 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 1595 char_u *tf; 1596 int c; 1597 char_u *s; 1598 1599 s = echo_string(&tv, &tf, numbuf, 0); 1600 c = *arg; 1601 *arg = NUL; 1602 list_one_var_a((char_u *)"", 1603 arg == arg_subsc ? name : name_start, 1604 tv.v_type, 1605 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, 1606 first); 1607 *arg = c; 1608 vim_free(tf); 1609 } 1610 clear_tv(&tv); 1611 } 1612 } 1613 } 1614 1615 vim_free(tofree); 1616 } 1617 1618 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1619 } 1620 1621 return arg; 1622 } 1623 1624 /* 1625 * Set one item of ":let var = expr" or ":let [v1, v2] = list" to its value. 1626 * Returns a pointer to the char just after the var name. 1627 * Returns NULL if there is an error. 1628 */ 1629 static char_u * 1630 ex_let_one( 1631 char_u *arg, /* points to variable name */ 1632 typval_T *tv, /* value to assign to variable */ 1633 int copy, /* copy value from "tv" */ 1634 char_u *endchars, /* valid chars after variable name or NULL */ 1635 char_u *op) /* "+", "-", "." or NULL*/ 1636 { 1637 int c1; 1638 char_u *name; 1639 char_u *p; 1640 char_u *arg_end = NULL; 1641 int len; 1642 int opt_flags; 1643 char_u *tofree = NULL; 1644 1645 /* 1646 * ":let $VAR = expr": Set environment variable. 1647 */ 1648 if (*arg == '$') 1649 { 1650 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1651 ++arg; 1652 name = arg; 1653 len = get_env_len(&arg); 1654 if (len == 0) 1655 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 1656 else 1657 { 1658 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1659 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1660 else if (endchars != NULL 1661 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg)) == NULL) 1662 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1663 else if (!check_secure()) 1664 { 1665 c1 = name[len]; 1666 name[len] = NUL; 1667 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1668 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1669 { 1670 int mustfree = FALSE; 1671 char_u *s = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 1672 1673 if (s != NULL) 1674 { 1675 p = tofree = concat_str(s, p); 1676 if (mustfree) 1677 vim_free(s); 1678 } 1679 } 1680 if (p != NULL) 1681 { 1682 vim_setenv(name, p); 1683 if (STRICMP(name, "HOME") == 0) 1684 init_homedir(); 1685 else if (didset_vim && STRICMP(name, "VIM") == 0) 1686 didset_vim = FALSE; 1687 else if (didset_vimruntime 1688 && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) 1689 didset_vimruntime = FALSE; 1690 arg_end = arg; 1691 } 1692 name[len] = c1; 1693 vim_free(tofree); 1694 } 1695 } 1696 } 1697 1698 /* 1699 * ":let &option = expr": Set option value. 1700 * ":let &l:option = expr": Set local option value. 1701 * ":let &g:option = expr": Set global option value. 1702 */ 1703 else if (*arg == '&') 1704 { 1705 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1706 p = find_option_end(&arg, &opt_flags); 1707 if (p == NULL || (endchars != NULL 1708 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL)) 1709 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1710 else 1711 { 1712 long n; 1713 int opt_type; 1714 long numval; 1715 char_u *stringval = NULL; 1716 char_u *s; 1717 1718 c1 = *p; 1719 *p = NUL; 1720 1721 n = (long)get_tv_number(tv); 1722 s = get_tv_string_chk(tv); /* != NULL if number or string */ 1723 if (s != NULL && op != NULL && *op != '=') 1724 { 1725 opt_type = get_option_value(arg, &numval, 1726 &stringval, opt_flags); 1727 if ((opt_type == 1 && *op == '.') 1728 || (opt_type == 0 && *op != '.')) 1729 { 1730 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1731 s = NULL; /* don't set the value */ 1732 } 1733 else 1734 { 1735 if (opt_type == 1) /* number */ 1736 { 1737 if (*op == '+') 1738 n = numval + n; 1739 else 1740 n = numval - n; 1741 } 1742 else if (opt_type == 0 && stringval != NULL) /* string */ 1743 { 1744 s = concat_str(stringval, s); 1745 vim_free(stringval); 1746 stringval = s; 1747 } 1748 } 1749 } 1750 if (s != NULL) 1751 { 1752 set_option_value(arg, n, s, opt_flags); 1753 arg_end = p; 1754 } 1755 *p = c1; 1756 vim_free(stringval); 1757 } 1758 } 1759 1760 /* 1761 * ":let @r = expr": Set register contents. 1762 */ 1763 else if (*arg == '@') 1764 { 1765 ++arg; 1766 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1767 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1768 else if (endchars != NULL 1769 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg + 1)) == NULL) 1770 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1771 else 1772 { 1773 char_u *ptofree = NULL; 1774 char_u *s; 1775 1776 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1777 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1778 { 1779 s = get_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, GREG_EXPR_SRC); 1780 if (s != NULL) 1781 { 1782 p = ptofree = concat_str(s, p); 1783 vim_free(s); 1784 } 1785 } 1786 if (p != NULL) 1787 { 1788 write_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, p, -1, FALSE); 1789 arg_end = arg + 1; 1790 } 1791 vim_free(ptofree); 1792 } 1793 } 1794 1795 /* 1796 * ":let var = expr": Set internal variable. 1797 * ":let {expr} = expr": Idem, name made with curly braces 1798 */ 1799 else if (eval_isnamec1(*arg) || *arg == '{') 1800 { 1801 lval_T lv; 1802 1803 p = get_lval(arg, tv, &lv, FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 1804 if (p != NULL && lv.ll_name != NULL) 1805 { 1806 if (endchars != NULL && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL) 1807 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1808 else 1809 { 1810 set_var_lval(&lv, p, tv, copy, op); 1811 arg_end = p; 1812 } 1813 } 1814 clear_lval(&lv); 1815 } 1816 1817 else 1818 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1819 1820 return arg_end; 1821 } 1822 1823 /* 1824 * Get an lval: variable, Dict item or List item that can be assigned a value 1825 * to: "name", "na{me}", "name[expr]", "name[expr:expr]", "name[expr][expr]", 1826 * "name.key", "name.key[expr]" etc. 1827 * Indexing only works if "name" is an existing List or Dictionary. 1828 * "name" points to the start of the name. 1829 * If "rettv" is not NULL it points to the value to be assigned. 1830 * "unlet" is TRUE for ":unlet": slightly different behavior when something is 1831 * wrong; must end in space or cmd separator. 1832 * 1833 * flags: 1834 * GLV_QUIET: do not give error messages 1835 * GLV_READ_ONLY: will not change the variable 1836 * GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD: do not use script autoloading 1837 * 1838 * Returns a pointer to just after the name, including indexes. 1839 * When an evaluation error occurs "lp->ll_name" is NULL; 1840 * Returns NULL for a parsing error. Still need to free items in "lp"! 1841 */ 1842 char_u * 1843 get_lval( 1844 char_u *name, 1845 typval_T *rettv, 1846 lval_T *lp, 1847 int unlet, 1848 int skip, 1849 int flags, /* GLV_ values */ 1850 int fne_flags) /* flags for find_name_end() */ 1851 { 1852 char_u *p; 1853 char_u *expr_start, *expr_end; 1854 int cc; 1855 dictitem_T *v; 1856 typval_T var1; 1857 typval_T var2; 1858 int empty1 = FALSE; 1859 listitem_T *ni; 1860 char_u *key = NULL; 1861 int len; 1862 hashtab_T *ht; 1863 int quiet = flags & GLV_QUIET; 1864 1865 /* Clear everything in "lp". */ 1866 vim_memset(lp, 0, sizeof(lval_T)); 1867 1868 if (skip) 1869 { 1870 /* When skipping just find the end of the name. */ 1871 lp->ll_name = name; 1872 return find_name_end(name, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | fne_flags); 1873 } 1874 1875 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1876 p = find_name_end(name, &expr_start, &expr_end, fne_flags); 1877 if (expr_start != NULL) 1878 { 1879 /* Don't expand the name when we already know there is an error. */ 1880 if (unlet && !VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && !ends_excmd(*p) 1881 && *p != '[' && *p != '.') 1882 { 1883 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1884 return NULL; 1885 } 1886 1887 lp->ll_exp_name = make_expanded_name(name, expr_start, expr_end, p); 1888 if (lp->ll_exp_name == NULL) 1889 { 1890 /* Report an invalid expression in braces, unless the 1891 * expression evaluation has been cancelled due to an 1892 * aborting error, an interrupt, or an exception. */ 1893 if (!aborting() && !quiet) 1894 { 1895 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1896 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name); 1897 return NULL; 1898 } 1899 } 1900 lp->ll_name = lp->ll_exp_name; 1901 } 1902 else 1903 lp->ll_name = name; 1904 1905 /* Without [idx] or .key we are done. */ 1906 if ((*p != '[' && *p != '.') || lp->ll_name == NULL) 1907 return p; 1908 1909 cc = *p; 1910 *p = NUL; 1911 /* Only pass &ht when we would write to the variable, it prevents autoload 1912 * as well. */ 1913 v = find_var(lp->ll_name, (flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) ? NULL : &ht, 1914 flags & GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD); 1915 if (v == NULL && !quiet) 1916 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), lp->ll_name); 1917 *p = cc; 1918 if (v == NULL) 1919 return NULL; 1920 1921 /* 1922 * Loop until no more [idx] or .key is following. 1923 */ 1924 lp->ll_tv = &v->di_tv; 1925 var1.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1926 var2.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1927 while (*p == '[' || (*p == '.' && lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT)) 1928 { 1929 if (!(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_LIST && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list != NULL) 1930 && !(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT 1931 && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)) 1932 { 1933 if (!quiet) 1934 EMSG(_("E689: Can only index a List or Dictionary")); 1935 return NULL; 1936 } 1937 if (lp->ll_range) 1938 { 1939 if (!quiet) 1940 EMSG(_("E708: [:] must come last")); 1941 return NULL; 1942 } 1943 1944 len = -1; 1945 if (*p == '.') 1946 { 1947 key = p + 1; 1948 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 1949 ; 1950 if (len == 0) 1951 { 1952 if (!quiet) 1953 EMSG(_(e_emptykey)); 1954 return NULL; 1955 } 1956 p = key + len; 1957 } 1958 else 1959 { 1960 /* Get the index [expr] or the first index [expr: ]. */ 1961 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 1962 if (*p == ':') 1963 empty1 = TRUE; 1964 else 1965 { 1966 empty1 = FALSE; 1967 if (eval1(&p, &var1, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 1968 return NULL; 1969 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 1970 { 1971 /* not a number or string */ 1972 clear_tv(&var1); 1973 return NULL; 1974 } 1975 } 1976 1977 /* Optionally get the second index [ :expr]. */ 1978 if (*p == ':') 1979 { 1980 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 1981 { 1982 if (!quiet) 1983 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 1984 clear_tv(&var1); 1985 return NULL; 1986 } 1987 if (rettv != NULL && (rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST 1988 || rettv->vval.v_list == NULL)) 1989 { 1990 if (!quiet) 1991 EMSG(_("E709: [:] requires a List value")); 1992 clear_tv(&var1); 1993 return NULL; 1994 } 1995 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 1996 if (*p == ']') 1997 lp->ll_empty2 = TRUE; 1998 else 1999 { 2000 lp->ll_empty2 = FALSE; 2001 if (eval1(&p, &var2, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 2002 { 2003 clear_tv(&var1); 2004 return NULL; 2005 } 2006 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 2007 { 2008 /* not a number or string */ 2009 clear_tv(&var1); 2010 clear_tv(&var2); 2011 return NULL; 2012 } 2013 } 2014 lp->ll_range = TRUE; 2015 } 2016 else 2017 lp->ll_range = FALSE; 2018 2019 if (*p != ']') 2020 { 2021 if (!quiet) 2022 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 2023 clear_tv(&var1); 2024 clear_tv(&var2); 2025 return NULL; 2026 } 2027 2028 /* Skip to past ']'. */ 2029 ++p; 2030 } 2031 2032 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 2033 { 2034 if (len == -1) 2035 { 2036 /* "[key]": get key from "var1" */ 2037 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); /* is number or string */ 2038 if (key == NULL) 2039 { 2040 clear_tv(&var1); 2041 return NULL; 2042 } 2043 } 2044 lp->ll_list = NULL; 2045 lp->ll_dict = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict; 2046 lp->ll_di = dict_find(lp->ll_dict, key, len); 2047 2048 /* When assigning to a scope dictionary check that a function and 2049 * variable name is valid (only variable name unless it is l: or 2050 * g: dictionary). Disallow overwriting a builtin function. */ 2051 if (rettv != NULL && lp->ll_dict->dv_scope != 0) 2052 { 2053 int prevval; 2054 int wrong; 2055 2056 if (len != -1) 2057 { 2058 prevval = key[len]; 2059 key[len] = NUL; 2060 } 2061 else 2062 prevval = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ 2063 wrong = (lp->ll_dict->dv_scope == VAR_DEF_SCOPE 2064 && rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 2065 && var_check_func_name(key, lp->ll_di == NULL)) 2066 || !valid_varname(key); 2067 if (len != -1) 2068 key[len] = prevval; 2069 if (wrong) 2070 return NULL; 2071 } 2072 2073 if (lp->ll_di == NULL) 2074 { 2075 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 2076 if (lp->ll_dict == &vimvardict) 2077 { 2078 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 2079 return NULL; 2080 } 2081 2082 /* Key does not exist in dict: may need to add it. */ 2083 if (*p == '[' || *p == '.' || unlet) 2084 { 2085 if (!quiet) 2086 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 2087 clear_tv(&var1); 2088 return NULL; 2089 } 2090 if (len == -1) 2091 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strsave(key); 2092 else 2093 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strnsave(key, len); 2094 clear_tv(&var1); 2095 if (lp->ll_newkey == NULL) 2096 p = NULL; 2097 break; 2098 } 2099 /* existing variable, need to check if it can be changed */ 2100 else if ((flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) == 0 2101 && var_check_ro(lp->ll_di->di_flags, name, FALSE)) 2102 { 2103 clear_tv(&var1); 2104 return NULL; 2105 } 2106 2107 clear_tv(&var1); 2108 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_di->di_tv; 2109 } 2110 else 2111 { 2112 /* 2113 * Get the number and item for the only or first index of the List. 2114 */ 2115 if (empty1) 2116 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2117 else 2118 /* is number or string */ 2119 lp->ll_n1 = (long)get_tv_number(&var1); 2120 clear_tv(&var1); 2121 2122 lp->ll_dict = NULL; 2123 lp->ll_list = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list; 2124 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2125 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2126 { 2127 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2128 { 2129 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2130 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2131 } 2132 } 2133 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2134 { 2135 clear_tv(&var2); 2136 if (!quiet) 2137 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n1); 2138 return NULL; 2139 } 2140 2141 /* 2142 * May need to find the item or absolute index for the second 2143 * index of a range. 2144 * When no index given: "lp->ll_empty2" is TRUE. 2145 * Otherwise "lp->ll_n2" is set to the second index. 2146 */ 2147 if (lp->ll_range && !lp->ll_empty2) 2148 { 2149 lp->ll_n2 = (long)get_tv_number(&var2); 2150 /* is number or string */ 2151 clear_tv(&var2); 2152 if (lp->ll_n2 < 0) 2153 { 2154 ni = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n2); 2155 if (ni == NULL) 2156 { 2157 if (!quiet) 2158 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2159 return NULL; 2160 } 2161 lp->ll_n2 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, ni); 2162 } 2163 2164 /* Check that lp->ll_n2 isn't before lp->ll_n1. */ 2165 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2166 lp->ll_n1 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2167 if (lp->ll_n2 < lp->ll_n1) 2168 { 2169 if (!quiet) 2170 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2171 return NULL; 2172 } 2173 } 2174 2175 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_li->li_tv; 2176 } 2177 } 2178 2179 clear_tv(&var1); 2180 return p; 2181 } 2182 2183 /* 2184 * Clear lval "lp" that was filled by get_lval(). 2185 */ 2186 void 2187 clear_lval(lval_T *lp) 2188 { 2189 vim_free(lp->ll_exp_name); 2190 vim_free(lp->ll_newkey); 2191 } 2192 2193 /* 2194 * Set a variable that was parsed by get_lval() to "rettv". 2195 * "endp" points to just after the parsed name. 2196 * "op" is NULL, "+" for "+=", "-" for "-=", "." for ".=" or "=" for "=". 2197 */ 2198 static void 2199 set_var_lval( 2200 lval_T *lp, 2201 char_u *endp, 2202 typval_T *rettv, 2203 int copy, 2204 char_u *op) 2205 { 2206 int cc; 2207 listitem_T *ri; 2208 dictitem_T *di; 2209 2210 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2211 { 2212 cc = *endp; 2213 *endp = NUL; 2214 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2215 { 2216 typval_T tv; 2217 2218 /* handle +=, -= and .= */ 2219 di = NULL; 2220 if (get_var_tv(lp->ll_name, (int)STRLEN(lp->ll_name), 2221 &tv, &di, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) 2222 { 2223 if ((di == NULL 2224 || (!var_check_ro(di->di_flags, lp->ll_name, FALSE) 2225 && !tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, 2226 FALSE))) 2227 && tv_op(&tv, rettv, op) == OK) 2228 set_var(lp->ll_name, &tv, FALSE); 2229 clear_tv(&tv); 2230 } 2231 } 2232 else 2233 set_var(lp->ll_name, rettv, copy); 2234 *endp = cc; 2235 } 2236 else if (tv_check_lock(lp->ll_newkey == NULL 2237 ? lp->ll_tv->v_lock 2238 : lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2239 ; 2240 else if (lp->ll_range) 2241 { 2242 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2243 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2244 2245 /* 2246 * Check whether any of the list items is locked 2247 */ 2248 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL && ll_li != NULL; ) 2249 { 2250 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2251 return; 2252 ri = ri->li_next; 2253 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == ll_n1)) 2254 break; 2255 ll_li = ll_li->li_next; 2256 ++ll_n1; 2257 } 2258 2259 /* 2260 * Assign the List values to the list items. 2261 */ 2262 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL; ) 2263 { 2264 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2265 tv_op(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, &ri->li_tv, op); 2266 else 2267 { 2268 clear_tv(&lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2269 copy_tv(&ri->li_tv, &lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2270 } 2271 ri = ri->li_next; 2272 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == lp->ll_n1)) 2273 break; 2274 if (lp->ll_li->li_next == NULL) 2275 { 2276 /* Need to add an empty item. */ 2277 if (list_append_number(lp->ll_list, 0) == FAIL) 2278 { 2279 ri = NULL; 2280 break; 2281 } 2282 } 2283 lp->ll_li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2284 ++lp->ll_n1; 2285 } 2286 if (ri != NULL) 2287 EMSG(_("E710: List value has more items than target")); 2288 else if (lp->ll_empty2 2289 ? (lp->ll_li != NULL && lp->ll_li->li_next != NULL) 2290 : lp->ll_n1 != lp->ll_n2) 2291 EMSG(_("E711: List value has not enough items")); 2292 } 2293 else 2294 { 2295 /* 2296 * Assign to a List or Dictionary item. 2297 */ 2298 if (lp->ll_newkey != NULL) 2299 { 2300 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2301 { 2302 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2303 return; 2304 } 2305 2306 /* Need to add an item to the Dictionary. */ 2307 di = dictitem_alloc(lp->ll_newkey); 2308 if (di == NULL) 2309 return; 2310 if (dict_add(lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict, di) == FAIL) 2311 { 2312 vim_free(di); 2313 return; 2314 } 2315 lp->ll_tv = &di->di_tv; 2316 } 2317 else if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2318 { 2319 tv_op(lp->ll_tv, rettv, op); 2320 return; 2321 } 2322 else 2323 clear_tv(lp->ll_tv); 2324 2325 /* 2326 * Assign the value to the variable or list item. 2327 */ 2328 if (copy) 2329 copy_tv(rettv, lp->ll_tv); 2330 else 2331 { 2332 *lp->ll_tv = *rettv; 2333 lp->ll_tv->v_lock = 0; 2334 init_tv(rettv); 2335 } 2336 } 2337 } 2338 2339 /* 2340 * Handle "tv1 += tv2", "tv1 -= tv2" and "tv1 .= tv2" 2341 * Returns OK or FAIL. 2342 */ 2343 static int 2344 tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op) 2345 { 2346 varnumber_T n; 2347 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 2348 char_u *s; 2349 2350 /* Can't do anything with a Funcref, Dict, v:true on the right. */ 2351 if (tv2->v_type != VAR_FUNC && tv2->v_type != VAR_DICT 2352 && tv2->v_type != VAR_SPECIAL) 2353 { 2354 switch (tv1->v_type) 2355 { 2356 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2357 case VAR_DICT: 2358 case VAR_FUNC: 2359 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2360 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2361 case VAR_JOB: 2362 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2363 break; 2364 2365 case VAR_LIST: 2366 if (*op != '+' || tv2->v_type != VAR_LIST) 2367 break; 2368 /* List += List */ 2369 if (tv1->vval.v_list != NULL && tv2->vval.v_list != NULL) 2370 list_extend(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, NULL); 2371 return OK; 2372 2373 case VAR_NUMBER: 2374 case VAR_STRING: 2375 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 2376 break; 2377 if (*op == '+' || *op == '-') 2378 { 2379 /* nr += nr or nr -= nr*/ 2380 n = get_tv_number(tv1); 2381 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2382 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2383 { 2384 float_T f = n; 2385 2386 if (*op == '+') 2387 f += tv2->vval.v_float; 2388 else 2389 f -= tv2->vval.v_float; 2390 clear_tv(tv1); 2391 tv1->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 2392 tv1->vval.v_float = f; 2393 } 2394 else 2395 #endif 2396 { 2397 if (*op == '+') 2398 n += get_tv_number(tv2); 2399 else 2400 n -= get_tv_number(tv2); 2401 clear_tv(tv1); 2402 tv1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 2403 tv1->vval.v_number = n; 2404 } 2405 } 2406 else 2407 { 2408 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2409 break; 2410 2411 /* str .= str */ 2412 s = get_tv_string(tv1); 2413 s = concat_str(s, get_tv_string_buf(tv2, numbuf)); 2414 clear_tv(tv1); 2415 tv1->v_type = VAR_STRING; 2416 tv1->vval.v_string = s; 2417 } 2418 return OK; 2419 2420 case VAR_FLOAT: 2421 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2422 { 2423 float_T f; 2424 2425 if (*op == '.' || (tv2->v_type != VAR_FLOAT 2426 && tv2->v_type != VAR_NUMBER 2427 && tv2->v_type != VAR_STRING)) 2428 break; 2429 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2430 f = tv2->vval.v_float; 2431 else 2432 f = get_tv_number(tv2); 2433 if (*op == '+') 2434 tv1->vval.v_float += f; 2435 else 2436 tv1->vval.v_float -= f; 2437 } 2438 #endif 2439 return OK; 2440 } 2441 } 2442 2443 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2444 return FAIL; 2445 } 2446 2447 /* 2448 * Evaluate the expression used in a ":for var in expr" command. 2449 * "arg" points to "var". 2450 * Set "*errp" to TRUE for an error, FALSE otherwise; 2451 * Return a pointer that holds the info. Null when there is an error. 2452 */ 2453 void * 2454 eval_for_line( 2455 char_u *arg, 2456 int *errp, 2457 char_u **nextcmdp, 2458 int skip) 2459 { 2460 forinfo_T *fi; 2461 char_u *expr; 2462 typval_T tv; 2463 list_T *l; 2464 2465 *errp = TRUE; /* default: there is an error */ 2466 2467 fi = (forinfo_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(forinfo_T)); 2468 if (fi == NULL) 2469 return NULL; 2470 2471 expr = skip_var_list(arg, &fi->fi_varcount, &fi->fi_semicolon); 2472 if (expr == NULL) 2473 return fi; 2474 2475 expr = skipwhite(expr); 2476 if (expr[0] != 'i' || expr[1] != 'n' || !VIM_ISWHITE(expr[2])) 2477 { 2478 EMSG(_("E690: Missing \"in\" after :for")); 2479 return fi; 2480 } 2481 2482 if (skip) 2483 ++emsg_skip; 2484 if (eval0(skipwhite(expr + 2), &tv, nextcmdp, !skip) == OK) 2485 { 2486 *errp = FALSE; 2487 if (!skip) 2488 { 2489 l = tv.vval.v_list; 2490 if (tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2491 { 2492 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 2493 clear_tv(&tv); 2494 } 2495 else if (l == NULL) 2496 { 2497 /* a null list is like an empty list: do nothing */ 2498 clear_tv(&tv); 2499 } 2500 else 2501 { 2502 /* No need to increment the refcount, it's already set for the 2503 * list being used in "tv". */ 2504 fi->fi_list = l; 2505 list_add_watch(l, &fi->fi_lw); 2506 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = l->lv_first; 2507 } 2508 } 2509 } 2510 if (skip) 2511 --emsg_skip; 2512 2513 return fi; 2514 } 2515 2516 /* 2517 * Use the first item in a ":for" list. Advance to the next. 2518 * Assign the values to the variable (list). "arg" points to the first one. 2519 * Return TRUE when a valid item was found, FALSE when at end of list or 2520 * something wrong. 2521 */ 2522 int 2523 next_for_item(void *fi_void, char_u *arg) 2524 { 2525 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2526 int result; 2527 listitem_T *item; 2528 2529 item = fi->fi_lw.lw_item; 2530 if (item == NULL) 2531 result = FALSE; 2532 else 2533 { 2534 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = item->li_next; 2535 result = (ex_let_vars(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, 2536 fi->fi_semicolon, fi->fi_varcount, NULL) == OK); 2537 } 2538 return result; 2539 } 2540 2541 /* 2542 * Free the structure used to store info used by ":for". 2543 */ 2544 void 2545 free_for_info(void *fi_void) 2546 { 2547 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2548 2549 if (fi != NULL && fi->fi_list != NULL) 2550 { 2551 list_rem_watch(fi->fi_list, &fi->fi_lw); 2552 list_unref(fi->fi_list); 2553 } 2554 vim_free(fi); 2555 } 2556 2557 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 2558 2559 void 2560 set_context_for_expression( 2561 expand_T *xp, 2562 char_u *arg, 2563 cmdidx_T cmdidx) 2564 { 2565 int got_eq = FALSE; 2566 int c; 2567 char_u *p; 2568 2569 if (cmdidx == CMD_let) 2570 { 2571 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_USER_VARS; 2572 if (vim_strpbrk(arg, (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#") == NULL) 2573 { 2574 /* ":let var1 var2 ...": find last space. */ 2575 for (p = arg + STRLEN(arg); p >= arg; ) 2576 { 2577 xp->xp_pattern = p; 2578 MB_PTR_BACK(arg, p); 2579 if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p)) 2580 break; 2581 } 2582 return; 2583 } 2584 } 2585 else 2586 xp->xp_context = cmdidx == CMD_call ? EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2587 : EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2588 while ((xp->xp_pattern = vim_strpbrk(arg, 2589 (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#")) != NULL) 2590 { 2591 c = *xp->xp_pattern; 2592 if (c == '&') 2593 { 2594 c = xp->xp_pattern[1]; 2595 if (c == '&') 2596 { 2597 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2598 xp->xp_context = cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq 2599 ? EXPAND_EXPRESSION : EXPAND_NOTHING; 2600 } 2601 else if (c != ' ') 2602 { 2603 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SETTINGS; 2604 if ((c == 'l' || c == 'g') && xp->xp_pattern[2] == ':') 2605 xp->xp_pattern += 2; 2606 2607 } 2608 } 2609 else if (c == '$') 2610 { 2611 /* environment variable */ 2612 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_ENV_VARS; 2613 } 2614 else if (c == '=') 2615 { 2616 got_eq = TRUE; 2617 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2618 } 2619 else if (c == '#' 2620 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_EXPRESSION) 2621 { 2622 /* Autoload function/variable contains '#'. */ 2623 break; 2624 } 2625 else if ((c == '<' || c == '#') 2626 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2627 && vim_strchr(xp->xp_pattern, '(') == NULL) 2628 { 2629 /* Function name can start with "<SNR>" and contain '#'. */ 2630 break; 2631 } 2632 else if (cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq) 2633 { 2634 if (c == '"') /* string */ 2635 { 2636 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '"') 2637 if (c == '\\' && xp->xp_pattern[1] != NUL) 2638 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2639 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2640 } 2641 else if (c == '\'') /* literal string */ 2642 { 2643 /* Trick: '' is like stopping and starting a literal string. */ 2644 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '\'') 2645 /* skip */ ; 2646 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2647 } 2648 else if (c == '|') 2649 { 2650 if (xp->xp_pattern[1] == '|') 2651 { 2652 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2653 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2654 } 2655 else 2656 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_COMMANDS; 2657 } 2658 else 2659 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2660 } 2661 else 2662 /* Doesn't look like something valid, expand as an expression 2663 * anyway. */ 2664 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2665 arg = xp->xp_pattern; 2666 if (*arg != NUL) 2667 while ((c = *++arg) != NUL && (c == ' ' || c == '\t')) 2668 /* skip */ ; 2669 } 2670 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 2671 } 2672 2673 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 2674 2675 /* 2676 * ":unlet[!] var1 ... " command. 2677 */ 2678 void 2679 ex_unlet(exarg_T *eap) 2680 { 2681 ex_unletlock(eap, eap->arg, 0); 2682 } 2683 2684 /* 2685 * ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" commands 2686 */ 2687 void 2688 ex_lockvar(exarg_T *eap) 2689 { 2690 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 2691 int deep = 2; 2692 2693 if (eap->forceit) 2694 deep = -1; 2695 else if (vim_isdigit(*arg)) 2696 { 2697 deep = getdigits(&arg); 2698 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2699 } 2700 2701 ex_unletlock(eap, arg, deep); 2702 } 2703 2704 /* 2705 * ":unlet", ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" are quite similar. 2706 */ 2707 static void 2708 ex_unletlock( 2709 exarg_T *eap, 2710 char_u *argstart, 2711 int deep) 2712 { 2713 char_u *arg = argstart; 2714 char_u *name_end; 2715 int error = FALSE; 2716 lval_T lv; 2717 2718 do 2719 { 2720 if (*arg == '$') 2721 { 2722 char_u *name = ++arg; 2723 2724 if (get_env_len(&arg) == 0) 2725 { 2726 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 2727 return; 2728 } 2729 vim_unsetenv(name); 2730 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2731 continue; 2732 } 2733 2734 /* Parse the name and find the end. */ 2735 name_end = get_lval(arg, NULL, &lv, TRUE, eap->skip || error, 0, 2736 FNE_CHECK_START); 2737 if (lv.ll_name == NULL) 2738 error = TRUE; /* error but continue parsing */ 2739 if (name_end == NULL || (!VIM_ISWHITE(*name_end) 2740 && !ends_excmd(*name_end))) 2741 { 2742 if (name_end != NULL) 2743 { 2744 emsg_severe = TRUE; 2745 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 2746 } 2747 if (!(eap->skip || error)) 2748 clear_lval(&lv); 2749 break; 2750 } 2751 2752 if (!error && !eap->skip) 2753 { 2754 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_unlet) 2755 { 2756 if (do_unlet_var(&lv, name_end, eap->forceit) == FAIL) 2757 error = TRUE; 2758 } 2759 else 2760 { 2761 if (do_lock_var(&lv, name_end, deep, 2762 eap->cmdidx == CMD_lockvar) == FAIL) 2763 error = TRUE; 2764 } 2765 } 2766 2767 if (!eap->skip) 2768 clear_lval(&lv); 2769 2770 arg = skipwhite(name_end); 2771 } while (!ends_excmd(*arg)); 2772 2773 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 2774 } 2775 2776 static int 2777 do_unlet_var( 2778 lval_T *lp, 2779 char_u *name_end, 2780 int forceit) 2781 { 2782 int ret = OK; 2783 int cc; 2784 2785 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2786 { 2787 cc = *name_end; 2788 *name_end = NUL; 2789 2790 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2791 if (do_unlet(lp->ll_name, forceit) == FAIL) 2792 ret = FAIL; 2793 *name_end = cc; 2794 } 2795 else if ((lp->ll_list != NULL 2796 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_list->lv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2797 || (lp->ll_dict != NULL 2798 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE))) 2799 return FAIL; 2800 else if (lp->ll_range) 2801 { 2802 listitem_T *li; 2803 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2804 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2805 2806 while (ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= ll_n1)) 2807 { 2808 li = ll_li->li_next; 2809 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2810 return FAIL; 2811 ll_li = li; 2812 ++ll_n1; 2813 } 2814 2815 /* Delete a range of List items. */ 2816 while (lp->ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2817 { 2818 li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2819 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2820 lp->ll_li = li; 2821 ++lp->ll_n1; 2822 } 2823 } 2824 else 2825 { 2826 if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2827 /* unlet a List item. */ 2828 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2829 else 2830 /* unlet a Dictionary item. */ 2831 dictitem_remove(lp->ll_dict, lp->ll_di); 2832 } 2833 2834 return ret; 2835 } 2836 2837 /* 2838 * "unlet" a variable. Return OK if it existed, FAIL if not. 2839 * When "forceit" is TRUE don't complain if the variable doesn't exist. 2840 */ 2841 int 2842 do_unlet(char_u *name, int forceit) 2843 { 2844 hashtab_T *ht; 2845 hashitem_T *hi; 2846 char_u *varname; 2847 dict_T *d; 2848 dictitem_T *di; 2849 2850 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 2851 if (ht != NULL && *varname != NUL) 2852 { 2853 d = get_current_funccal_dict(ht); 2854 if (d == NULL) 2855 { 2856 if (ht == &globvarht) 2857 d = &globvardict; 2858 else if (ht == &compat_hashtab) 2859 d = &vimvardict; 2860 else 2861 { 2862 di = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, (char_u *)"", FALSE); 2863 d = di == NULL ? NULL : di->di_tv.vval.v_dict; 2864 } 2865 if (d == NULL) 2866 { 2867 internal_error("do_unlet()"); 2868 return FAIL; 2869 } 2870 } 2871 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 2872 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2873 hi = find_hi_in_scoped_ht(name, &ht); 2874 if (hi != NULL && !HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2875 { 2876 di = HI2DI(hi); 2877 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2878 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2879 || tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, name, FALSE)) 2880 return FAIL; 2881 2882 delete_var(ht, hi); 2883 return OK; 2884 } 2885 } 2886 if (forceit) 2887 return OK; 2888 EMSG2(_("E108: No such variable: \"%s\""), name); 2889 return FAIL; 2890 } 2891 2892 /* 2893 * Lock or unlock variable indicated by "lp". 2894 * "deep" is the levels to go (-1 for unlimited); 2895 * "lock" is TRUE for ":lockvar", FALSE for ":unlockvar". 2896 */ 2897 static int 2898 do_lock_var( 2899 lval_T *lp, 2900 char_u *name_end, 2901 int deep, 2902 int lock) 2903 { 2904 int ret = OK; 2905 int cc; 2906 dictitem_T *di; 2907 2908 if (deep == 0) /* nothing to do */ 2909 return OK; 2910 2911 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2912 { 2913 cc = *name_end; 2914 *name_end = NUL; 2915 2916 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2917 di = find_var(lp->ll_name, NULL, TRUE); 2918 if (di == NULL) 2919 ret = FAIL; 2920 else if ((di->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 2921 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_DICT 2922 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2923 /* For historic reasons this error is not given for a list or dict. 2924 * E.g., the b: dict could be locked/unlocked. */ 2925 EMSG2(_("E940: Cannot lock or unlock variable %s"), lp->ll_name); 2926 else 2927 { 2928 if (lock) 2929 di->di_flags |= DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2930 else 2931 di->di_flags &= ~DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2932 item_lock(&di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2933 } 2934 *name_end = cc; 2935 } 2936 else if (lp->ll_range) 2937 { 2938 listitem_T *li = lp->ll_li; 2939 2940 /* (un)lock a range of List items. */ 2941 while (li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2942 { 2943 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2944 li = li->li_next; 2945 ++lp->ll_n1; 2946 } 2947 } 2948 else if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2949 /* (un)lock a List item. */ 2950 item_lock(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2951 else 2952 /* (un)lock a Dictionary item. */ 2953 item_lock(&lp->ll_di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2954 2955 return ret; 2956 } 2957 2958 /* 2959 * Lock or unlock an item. "deep" is nr of levels to go. 2960 */ 2961 static void 2962 item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock) 2963 { 2964 static int recurse = 0; 2965 list_T *l; 2966 listitem_T *li; 2967 dict_T *d; 2968 hashitem_T *hi; 2969 int todo; 2970 2971 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 2972 { 2973 EMSG(_("E743: variable nested too deep for (un)lock")); 2974 return; 2975 } 2976 if (deep == 0) 2977 return; 2978 ++recurse; 2979 2980 /* lock/unlock the item itself */ 2981 if (lock) 2982 tv->v_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2983 else 2984 tv->v_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 2985 2986 switch (tv->v_type) 2987 { 2988 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2989 case VAR_NUMBER: 2990 case VAR_STRING: 2991 case VAR_FUNC: 2992 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2993 case VAR_FLOAT: 2994 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2995 case VAR_JOB: 2996 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2997 break; 2998 2999 case VAR_LIST: 3000 if ((l = tv->vval.v_list) != NULL) 3001 { 3002 if (lock) 3003 l->lv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3004 else 3005 l->lv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3006 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 3007 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 3008 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 3009 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep - 1, lock); 3010 } 3011 break; 3012 case VAR_DICT: 3013 if ((d = tv->vval.v_dict) != NULL) 3014 { 3015 if (lock) 3016 d->dv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3017 else 3018 d->dv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3019 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 3020 { 3021 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 3022 todo = (int)d->dv_hashtab.ht_used; 3023 for (hi = d->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 3024 { 3025 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3026 { 3027 --todo; 3028 item_lock(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, deep - 1, lock); 3029 } 3030 } 3031 } 3032 } 3033 } 3034 --recurse; 3035 } 3036 3037 #if (defined(FEAT_MENU) && defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG)) || defined(PROTO) 3038 /* 3039 * Delete all "menutrans_" variables. 3040 */ 3041 void 3042 del_menutrans_vars(void) 3043 { 3044 hashitem_T *hi; 3045 int todo; 3046 3047 hash_lock(&globvarht); 3048 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 3049 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 3050 { 3051 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3052 { 3053 --todo; 3054 if (STRNCMP(HI2DI(hi)->di_key, "menutrans_", 10) == 0) 3055 delete_var(&globvarht, hi); 3056 } 3057 } 3058 hash_unlock(&globvarht); 3059 } 3060 #endif 3061 3062 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 3063 3064 /* 3065 * Local string buffer for the next two functions to store a variable name 3066 * with its prefix. Allocated in cat_prefix_varname(), freed later in 3067 * get_user_var_name(). 3068 */ 3069 3070 static char_u *cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name); 3071 3072 static char_u *varnamebuf = NULL; 3073 static int varnamebuflen = 0; 3074 3075 /* 3076 * Function to concatenate a prefix and a variable name. 3077 */ 3078 static char_u * 3079 cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name) 3080 { 3081 int len; 3082 3083 len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 3; 3084 if (len > varnamebuflen) 3085 { 3086 vim_free(varnamebuf); 3087 len += 10; /* some additional space */ 3088 varnamebuf = alloc(len); 3089 if (varnamebuf == NULL) 3090 { 3091 varnamebuflen = 0; 3092 return NULL; 3093 } 3094 varnamebuflen = len; 3095 } 3096 *varnamebuf = prefix; 3097 varnamebuf[1] = ':'; 3098 STRCPY(varnamebuf + 2, name); 3099 return varnamebuf; 3100 } 3101 3102 /* 3103 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of user defined 3104 * (global/buffer/window/built-in) variable names. 3105 */ 3106 char_u * 3107 get_user_var_name(expand_T *xp, int idx) 3108 { 3109 static long_u gdone; 3110 static long_u bdone; 3111 static long_u wdone; 3112 static long_u tdone; 3113 static int vidx; 3114 static hashitem_T *hi; 3115 hashtab_T *ht; 3116 3117 if (idx == 0) 3118 { 3119 gdone = bdone = wdone = vidx = 0; 3120 tdone = 0; 3121 } 3122 3123 /* Global variables */ 3124 if (gdone < globvarht.ht_used) 3125 { 3126 if (gdone++ == 0) 3127 hi = globvarht.ht_array; 3128 else 3129 ++hi; 3130 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3131 ++hi; 3132 if (STRNCMP("g:", xp->xp_pattern, 2) == 0) 3133 return cat_prefix_varname('g', hi->hi_key); 3134 return hi->hi_key; 3135 } 3136 3137 /* b: variables */ 3138 ht = &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 3139 if (bdone < ht->ht_used) 3140 { 3141 if (bdone++ == 0) 3142 hi = ht->ht_array; 3143 else 3144 ++hi; 3145 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3146 ++hi; 3147 return cat_prefix_varname('b', hi->hi_key); 3148 } 3149 3150 /* w: variables */ 3151 ht = &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 3152 if (wdone < ht->ht_used) 3153 { 3154 if (wdone++ == 0) 3155 hi = ht->ht_array; 3156 else 3157 ++hi; 3158 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3159 ++hi; 3160 return cat_prefix_varname('w', hi->hi_key); 3161 } 3162 3163 /* t: variables */ 3164 ht = &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 3165 if (tdone < ht->ht_used) 3166 { 3167 if (tdone++ == 0) 3168 hi = ht->ht_array; 3169 else 3170 ++hi; 3171 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3172 ++hi; 3173 return cat_prefix_varname('t', hi->hi_key); 3174 } 3175 3176 /* v: variables */ 3177 if (vidx < VV_LEN) 3178 return cat_prefix_varname('v', (char_u *)vimvars[vidx++].vv_name); 3179 3180 VIM_CLEAR(varnamebuf); 3181 varnamebuflen = 0; 3182 return NULL; 3183 } 3184 3185 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 3186 3187 /* 3188 * Return TRUE if "pat" matches "text". 3189 * Does not use 'cpo' and always uses 'magic'. 3190 */ 3191 static int 3192 pattern_match(char_u *pat, char_u *text, int ic) 3193 { 3194 int matches = FALSE; 3195 char_u *save_cpo; 3196 regmatch_T regmatch; 3197 3198 /* avoid 'l' flag in 'cpoptions' */ 3199 save_cpo = p_cpo; 3200 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 3201 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 3202 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 3203 { 3204 regmatch.rm_ic = ic; 3205 matches = vim_regexec_nl(®match, text, (colnr_T)0); 3206 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 3207 } 3208 p_cpo = save_cpo; 3209 return matches; 3210 } 3211 3212 /* 3213 * The "evaluate" argument: When FALSE, the argument is only parsed but not 3214 * executed. The function may return OK, but the rettv will be of type 3215 * VAR_UNKNOWN. The function still returns FAIL for a syntax error. 3216 */ 3217 3218 /* 3219 * Handle zero level expression. 3220 * This calls eval1() and handles error message and nextcmd. 3221 * Put the result in "rettv" when returning OK and "evaluate" is TRUE. 3222 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3223 * Return OK or FAIL. 3224 */ 3225 int 3226 eval0( 3227 char_u *arg, 3228 typval_T *rettv, 3229 char_u **nextcmd, 3230 int evaluate) 3231 { 3232 int ret; 3233 char_u *p; 3234 3235 p = skipwhite(arg); 3236 ret = eval1(&p, rettv, evaluate); 3237 if (ret == FAIL || !ends_excmd(*p)) 3238 { 3239 if (ret != FAIL) 3240 clear_tv(rettv); 3241 /* 3242 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation has 3243 * been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 3244 * exception. 3245 */ 3246 if (!aborting()) 3247 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), arg); 3248 ret = FAIL; 3249 } 3250 if (nextcmd != NULL) 3251 *nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); 3252 3253 return ret; 3254 } 3255 3256 /* 3257 * Handle top level expression: 3258 * expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 3259 * 3260 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3261 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3262 * 3263 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3264 * 3265 * Return OK or FAIL. 3266 */ 3267 int 3268 eval1(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3269 { 3270 int result; 3271 typval_T var2; 3272 3273 /* 3274 * Get the first variable. 3275 */ 3276 if (eval2(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3277 return FAIL; 3278 3279 if ((*arg)[0] == '?') 3280 { 3281 result = FALSE; 3282 if (evaluate) 3283 { 3284 int error = FALSE; 3285 3286 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3287 result = TRUE; 3288 clear_tv(rettv); 3289 if (error) 3290 return FAIL; 3291 } 3292 3293 /* 3294 * Get the second variable. 3295 */ 3296 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3297 if (eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate && result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3298 return FAIL; 3299 3300 /* 3301 * Check for the ":". 3302 */ 3303 if ((*arg)[0] != ':') 3304 { 3305 EMSG(_("E109: Missing ':' after '?'")); 3306 if (evaluate && result) 3307 clear_tv(rettv); 3308 return FAIL; 3309 } 3310 3311 /* 3312 * Get the third variable. 3313 */ 3314 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3315 if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3316 { 3317 if (evaluate && result) 3318 clear_tv(rettv); 3319 return FAIL; 3320 } 3321 if (evaluate && !result) 3322 *rettv = var2; 3323 } 3324 3325 return OK; 3326 } 3327 3328 /* 3329 * Handle first level expression: 3330 * expr2 || expr2 || expr2 logical OR 3331 * 3332 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3333 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3334 * 3335 * Return OK or FAIL. 3336 */ 3337 static int 3338 eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3339 { 3340 typval_T var2; 3341 long result; 3342 int first; 3343 int error = FALSE; 3344 3345 /* 3346 * Get the first variable. 3347 */ 3348 if (eval3(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3349 return FAIL; 3350 3351 /* 3352 * Repeat until there is no following "||". 3353 */ 3354 first = TRUE; 3355 result = FALSE; 3356 while ((*arg)[0] == '|' && (*arg)[1] == '|') 3357 { 3358 if (evaluate && first) 3359 { 3360 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3361 result = TRUE; 3362 clear_tv(rettv); 3363 if (error) 3364 return FAIL; 3365 first = FALSE; 3366 } 3367 3368 /* 3369 * Get the second variable. 3370 */ 3371 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3372 if (eval3(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) 3373 return FAIL; 3374 3375 /* 3376 * Compute the result. 3377 */ 3378 if (evaluate && !result) 3379 { 3380 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) != 0) 3381 result = TRUE; 3382 clear_tv(&var2); 3383 if (error) 3384 return FAIL; 3385 } 3386 if (evaluate) 3387 { 3388 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3389 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3390 } 3391 } 3392 3393 return OK; 3394 } 3395 3396 /* 3397 * Handle second level expression: 3398 * expr3 && expr3 && expr3 logical AND 3399 * 3400 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3401 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3402 * 3403 * Return OK or FAIL. 3404 */ 3405 static int 3406 eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3407 { 3408 typval_T var2; 3409 long result; 3410 int first; 3411 int error = FALSE; 3412 3413 /* 3414 * Get the first variable. 3415 */ 3416 if (eval4(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3417 return FAIL; 3418 3419 /* 3420 * Repeat until there is no following "&&". 3421 */ 3422 first = TRUE; 3423 result = TRUE; 3424 while ((*arg)[0] == '&' && (*arg)[1] == '&') 3425 { 3426 if (evaluate && first) 3427 { 3428 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) == 0) 3429 result = FALSE; 3430 clear_tv(rettv); 3431 if (error) 3432 return FAIL; 3433 first = FALSE; 3434 } 3435 3436 /* 3437 * Get the second variable. 3438 */ 3439 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3440 if (eval4(arg, &var2, evaluate && result) == FAIL) 3441 return FAIL; 3442 3443 /* 3444 * Compute the result. 3445 */ 3446 if (evaluate && result) 3447 { 3448 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) == 0) 3449 result = FALSE; 3450 clear_tv(&var2); 3451 if (error) 3452 return FAIL; 3453 } 3454 if (evaluate) 3455 { 3456 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3457 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3458 } 3459 } 3460 3461 return OK; 3462 } 3463 3464 /* 3465 * Handle third level expression: 3466 * var1 == var2 3467 * var1 =~ var2 3468 * var1 != var2 3469 * var1 !~ var2 3470 * var1 > var2 3471 * var1 >= var2 3472 * var1 < var2 3473 * var1 <= var2 3474 * var1 is var2 3475 * var1 isnot var2 3476 * 3477 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3478 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3479 * 3480 * Return OK or FAIL. 3481 */ 3482 static int 3483 eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3484 { 3485 typval_T var2; 3486 char_u *p; 3487 int i; 3488 exptype_T type = TYPE_UNKNOWN; 3489 int type_is = FALSE; /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 3490 int len = 2; 3491 int ic; 3492 3493 /* 3494 * Get the first variable. 3495 */ 3496 if (eval5(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3497 return FAIL; 3498 3499 p = *arg; 3500 switch (p[0]) 3501 { 3502 case '=': if (p[1] == '=') 3503 type = TYPE_EQUAL; 3504 else if (p[1] == '~') 3505 type = TYPE_MATCH; 3506 break; 3507 case '!': if (p[1] == '=') 3508 type = TYPE_NEQUAL; 3509 else if (p[1] == '~') 3510 type = TYPE_NOMATCH; 3511 break; 3512 case '>': if (p[1] != '=') 3513 { 3514 type = TYPE_GREATER; 3515 len = 1; 3516 } 3517 else 3518 type = TYPE_GEQUAL; 3519 break; 3520 case '<': if (p[1] != '=') 3521 { 3522 type = TYPE_SMALLER; 3523 len = 1; 3524 } 3525 else 3526 type = TYPE_SEQUAL; 3527 break; 3528 case 'i': if (p[1] == 's') 3529 { 3530 if (p[2] == 'n' && p[3] == 'o' && p[4] == 't') 3531 len = 5; 3532 i = p[len]; 3533 if (!isalnum(i) && i != '_') 3534 { 3535 type = len == 2 ? TYPE_EQUAL : TYPE_NEQUAL; 3536 type_is = TRUE; 3537 } 3538 } 3539 break; 3540 } 3541 3542 /* 3543 * If there is a comparative operator, use it. 3544 */ 3545 if (type != TYPE_UNKNOWN) 3546 { 3547 /* extra question mark appended: ignore case */ 3548 if (p[len] == '?') 3549 { 3550 ic = TRUE; 3551 ++len; 3552 } 3553 /* extra '#' appended: match case */ 3554 else if (p[len] == '#') 3555 { 3556 ic = FALSE; 3557 ++len; 3558 } 3559 /* nothing appended: use 'ignorecase' */ 3560 else 3561 ic = p_ic; 3562 3563 /* 3564 * Get the second variable. 3565 */ 3566 *arg = skipwhite(p + len); 3567 if (eval5(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) 3568 { 3569 clear_tv(rettv); 3570 return FAIL; 3571 } 3572 if (evaluate) 3573 { 3574 int ret = typval_compare(rettv, &var2, type, type_is, ic); 3575 3576 clear_tv(&var2); 3577 return ret; 3578 } 3579 } 3580 3581 return OK; 3582 } 3583 3584 /* 3585 * Handle fourth level expression: 3586 * + number addition 3587 * - number subtraction 3588 * . string concatenation 3589 * 3590 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3591 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3592 * 3593 * Return OK or FAIL. 3594 */ 3595 static int 3596 eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3597 { 3598 typval_T var2; 3599 typval_T var3; 3600 int op; 3601 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3602 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3603 float_T f1 = 0, f2 = 0; 3604 #endif 3605 char_u *s1, *s2; 3606 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 3607 char_u *p; 3608 3609 /* 3610 * Get the first variable. 3611 */ 3612 if (eval6(arg, rettv, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3613 return FAIL; 3614 3615 /* 3616 * Repeat computing, until no '+', '-' or '.' is following. 3617 */ 3618 for (;;) 3619 { 3620 op = **arg; 3621 if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '.') 3622 break; 3623 3624 if ((op != '+' || rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST) 3625 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3626 && (op == '.' || rettv->v_type != VAR_FLOAT) 3627 #endif 3628 ) 3629 { 3630 /* For "list + ...", an illegal use of the first operand as 3631 * a number cannot be determined before evaluating the 2nd 3632 * operand: if this is also a list, all is ok. 3633 * For "something . ...", "something - ..." or "non-list + ...", 3634 * we know that the first operand needs to be a string or number 3635 * without evaluating the 2nd operand. So check before to avoid 3636 * side effects after an error. */ 3637 if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(rettv) == NULL) 3638 { 3639 clear_tv(rettv); 3640 return FAIL; 3641 } 3642 } 3643 3644 /* 3645 * Get the second variable. 3646 */ 3647 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3648 if (eval6(arg, &var2, evaluate, op == '.') == FAIL) 3649 { 3650 clear_tv(rettv); 3651 return FAIL; 3652 } 3653 3654 if (evaluate) 3655 { 3656 /* 3657 * Compute the result. 3658 */ 3659 if (op == '.') 3660 { 3661 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(rettv, buf1); /* already checked */ 3662 s2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&var2, buf2); 3663 if (s2 == NULL) /* type error ? */ 3664 { 3665 clear_tv(rettv); 3666 clear_tv(&var2); 3667 return FAIL; 3668 } 3669 p = concat_str(s1, s2); 3670 clear_tv(rettv); 3671 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 3672 rettv->vval.v_string = p; 3673 } 3674 else if (op == '+' && rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST 3675 && var2.v_type == VAR_LIST) 3676 { 3677 /* concatenate Lists */ 3678 if (list_concat(rettv->vval.v_list, var2.vval.v_list, 3679 &var3) == FAIL) 3680 { 3681 clear_tv(rettv); 3682 clear_tv(&var2); 3683 return FAIL; 3684 } 3685 clear_tv(rettv); 3686 *rettv = var3; 3687 } 3688 else 3689 { 3690 int error = FALSE; 3691 3692 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3693 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3694 { 3695 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3696 n1 = 0; 3697 } 3698 else 3699 #endif 3700 { 3701 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3702 if (error) 3703 { 3704 /* This can only happen for "list + non-list". For 3705 * "non-list + ..." or "something - ...", we returned 3706 * before evaluating the 2nd operand. */ 3707 clear_tv(rettv); 3708 return FAIL; 3709 } 3710 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3711 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3712 f1 = n1; 3713 #endif 3714 } 3715 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3716 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3717 { 3718 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3719 n2 = 0; 3720 } 3721 else 3722 #endif 3723 { 3724 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3725 if (error) 3726 { 3727 clear_tv(rettv); 3728 clear_tv(&var2); 3729 return FAIL; 3730 } 3731 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3732 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3733 f2 = n2; 3734 #endif 3735 } 3736 clear_tv(rettv); 3737 3738 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3739 /* If there is a float on either side the result is a float. */ 3740 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3741 { 3742 if (op == '+') 3743 f1 = f1 + f2; 3744 else 3745 f1 = f1 - f2; 3746 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3747 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3748 } 3749 else 3750 #endif 3751 { 3752 if (op == '+') 3753 n1 = n1 + n2; 3754 else 3755 n1 = n1 - n2; 3756 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3757 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3758 } 3759 } 3760 clear_tv(&var2); 3761 } 3762 } 3763 return OK; 3764 } 3765 3766 /* 3767 * Handle fifth level expression: 3768 * * number multiplication 3769 * / number division 3770 * % number modulo 3771 * 3772 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3773 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3774 * 3775 * Return OK or FAIL. 3776 */ 3777 static int 3778 eval6( 3779 char_u **arg, 3780 typval_T *rettv, 3781 int evaluate, 3782 int want_string) /* after "." operator */ 3783 { 3784 typval_T var2; 3785 int op; 3786 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3787 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3788 int use_float = FALSE; 3789 float_T f1 = 0, f2; 3790 #endif 3791 int error = FALSE; 3792 3793 /* 3794 * Get the first variable. 3795 */ 3796 if (eval7(arg, rettv, evaluate, want_string) == FAIL) 3797 return FAIL; 3798 3799 /* 3800 * Repeat computing, until no '*', '/' or '%' is following. 3801 */ 3802 for (;;) 3803 { 3804 op = **arg; 3805 if (op != '*' && op != '/' && op != '%') 3806 break; 3807 3808 if (evaluate) 3809 { 3810 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3811 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3812 { 3813 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3814 use_float = TRUE; 3815 n1 = 0; 3816 } 3817 else 3818 #endif 3819 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3820 clear_tv(rettv); 3821 if (error) 3822 return FAIL; 3823 } 3824 else 3825 n1 = 0; 3826 3827 /* 3828 * Get the second variable. 3829 */ 3830 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3831 if (eval7(arg, &var2, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3832 return FAIL; 3833 3834 if (evaluate) 3835 { 3836 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3837 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3838 { 3839 if (!use_float) 3840 { 3841 f1 = n1; 3842 use_float = TRUE; 3843 } 3844 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3845 n2 = 0; 3846 } 3847 else 3848 #endif 3849 { 3850 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3851 clear_tv(&var2); 3852 if (error) 3853 return FAIL; 3854 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3855 if (use_float) 3856 f2 = n2; 3857 #endif 3858 } 3859 3860 /* 3861 * Compute the result. 3862 * When either side is a float the result is a float. 3863 */ 3864 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3865 if (use_float) 3866 { 3867 if (op == '*') 3868 f1 = f1 * f2; 3869 else if (op == '/') 3870 { 3871 # ifdef VMS 3872 /* VMS crashes on divide by zero, work around it */ 3873 if (f2 == 0.0) 3874 { 3875 if (f1 == 0) 3876 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX - 1L; /* similar to NaN */ 3877 else if (f1 < 0) 3878 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX; 3879 else 3880 f1 = __F_FLT_MAX; 3881 } 3882 else 3883 f1 = f1 / f2; 3884 # else 3885 /* We rely on the floating point library to handle divide 3886 * by zero to result in "inf" and not a crash. */ 3887 f1 = f1 / f2; 3888 # endif 3889 } 3890 else 3891 { 3892 EMSG(_("E804: Cannot use '%' with Float")); 3893 return FAIL; 3894 } 3895 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3896 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3897 } 3898 else 3899 #endif 3900 { 3901 if (op == '*') 3902 n1 = n1 * n2; 3903 else if (op == '/') 3904 { 3905 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 3906 { 3907 if (n1 == 0) 3908 n1 = VARNUM_MIN; /* similar to NaN */ 3909 else if (n1 < 0) 3910 n1 = -VARNUM_MAX; 3911 else 3912 n1 = VARNUM_MAX; 3913 } 3914 else 3915 n1 = n1 / n2; 3916 } 3917 else 3918 { 3919 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 3920 n1 = 0; 3921 else 3922 n1 = n1 % n2; 3923 } 3924 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3925 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3926 } 3927 } 3928 } 3929 3930 return OK; 3931 } 3932 3933 /* 3934 * Handle sixth level expression: 3935 * number number constant 3936 * "string" string constant 3937 * 'string' literal string constant 3938 * &option-name option value 3939 * @r register contents 3940 * identifier variable value 3941 * function() function call 3942 * $VAR environment variable 3943 * (expression) nested expression 3944 * [expr, expr] List 3945 * {key: val, key: val} Dictionary 3946 * 3947 * Also handle: 3948 * ! in front logical NOT 3949 * - in front unary minus 3950 * + in front unary plus (ignored) 3951 * trailing [] subscript in String or List 3952 * trailing .name entry in Dictionary 3953 * 3954 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3955 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3956 * 3957 * Return OK or FAIL. 3958 */ 3959 static int 3960 eval7( 3961 char_u **arg, 3962 typval_T *rettv, 3963 int evaluate, 3964 int want_string UNUSED) /* after "." operator */ 3965 { 3966 varnumber_T n; 3967 int len; 3968 char_u *s; 3969 char_u *start_leader, *end_leader; 3970 int ret = OK; 3971 char_u *alias; 3972 3973 /* 3974 * Initialise variable so that clear_tv() can't mistake this for a 3975 * string and free a string that isn't there. 3976 */ 3977 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 3978 3979 /* 3980 * Skip '!', '-' and '+' characters. They are handled later. 3981 */ 3982 start_leader = *arg; 3983 while (**arg == '!' || **arg == '-' || **arg == '+') 3984 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3985 end_leader = *arg; 3986 3987 switch (**arg) 3988 { 3989 /* 3990 * Number constant. 3991 */ 3992 case '0': 3993 case '1': 3994 case '2': 3995 case '3': 3996 case '4': 3997 case '5': 3998 case '6': 3999 case '7': 4000 case '8': 4001 case '9': 4002 { 4003 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4004 char_u *p = skipdigits(*arg + 1); 4005 int get_float = FALSE; 4006 4007 /* We accept a float when the format matches 4008 * "[0-9]\+\.[0-9]\+\([eE][+-]\?[0-9]\+\)\?". This is very 4009 * strict to avoid backwards compatibility problems. 4010 * Don't look for a float after the "." operator, so that 4011 * ":let vers = 1.2.3" doesn't fail. */ 4012 if (!want_string && p[0] == '.' && vim_isdigit(p[1])) 4013 { 4014 get_float = TRUE; 4015 p = skipdigits(p + 2); 4016 if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E') 4017 { 4018 ++p; 4019 if (*p == '-' || *p == '+') 4020 ++p; 4021 if (!vim_isdigit(*p)) 4022 get_float = FALSE; 4023 else 4024 p = skipdigits(p + 1); 4025 } 4026 if (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) || *p == '.') 4027 get_float = FALSE; 4028 } 4029 if (get_float) 4030 { 4031 float_T f; 4032 4033 *arg += string2float(*arg, &f); 4034 if (evaluate) 4035 { 4036 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4037 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4038 } 4039 } 4040 else 4041 #endif 4042 { 4043 vim_str2nr(*arg, NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 4044 *arg += len; 4045 if (evaluate) 4046 { 4047 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4048 rettv->vval.v_number = n; 4049 } 4050 } 4051 break; 4052 } 4053 4054 /* 4055 * String constant: "string". 4056 */ 4057 case '"': ret = get_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4058 break; 4059 4060 /* 4061 * Literal string constant: 'str''ing'. 4062 */ 4063 case '\'': ret = get_lit_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4064 break; 4065 4066 /* 4067 * List: [expr, expr] 4068 */ 4069 case '[': ret = get_list_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4070 break; 4071 4072 /* 4073 * Lambda: {arg, arg -> expr} 4074 * Dictionary: {key: val, key: val} 4075 */ 4076 case '{': ret = get_lambda_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4077 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4078 ret = get_dict_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4079 break; 4080 4081 /* 4082 * Option value: &name 4083 */ 4084 case '&': ret = get_option_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4085 break; 4086 4087 /* 4088 * Environment variable: $VAR. 4089 */ 4090 case '$': ret = get_env_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4091 break; 4092 4093 /* 4094 * Register contents: @r. 4095 */ 4096 case '@': ++*arg; 4097 if (evaluate) 4098 { 4099 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4100 rettv->vval.v_string = get_reg_contents(**arg, 4101 GREG_EXPR_SRC); 4102 } 4103 if (**arg != NUL) 4104 ++*arg; 4105 break; 4106 4107 /* 4108 * nested expression: (expression). 4109 */ 4110 case '(': *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4111 ret = eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate); /* recursive! */ 4112 if (**arg == ')') 4113 ++*arg; 4114 else if (ret == OK) 4115 { 4116 EMSG(_("E110: Missing ')'")); 4117 clear_tv(rettv); 4118 ret = FAIL; 4119 } 4120 break; 4121 4122 default: ret = NOTDONE; 4123 break; 4124 } 4125 4126 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4127 { 4128 /* 4129 * Must be a variable or function name. 4130 * Can also be a curly-braces kind of name: {expr}. 4131 */ 4132 s = *arg; 4133 len = get_name_len(arg, &alias, evaluate, TRUE); 4134 if (alias != NULL) 4135 s = alias; 4136 4137 if (len <= 0) 4138 ret = FAIL; 4139 else 4140 { 4141 if (**arg == '(') /* recursive! */ 4142 { 4143 partial_T *partial; 4144 4145 if (!evaluate) 4146 check_vars(s, len); 4147 4148 /* If "s" is the name of a variable of type VAR_FUNC 4149 * use its contents. */ 4150 s = deref_func_name(s, &len, &partial, !evaluate); 4151 4152 /* Need to make a copy, in case evaluating the arguments makes 4153 * the name invalid. */ 4154 s = vim_strsave(s); 4155 if (s == NULL) 4156 ret = FAIL; 4157 else 4158 /* Invoke the function. */ 4159 ret = get_func_tv(s, len, rettv, arg, 4160 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 4161 &len, evaluate, partial, NULL); 4162 vim_free(s); 4163 4164 /* If evaluate is FALSE rettv->v_type was not set in 4165 * get_func_tv, but it's needed in handle_subscript() to parse 4166 * what follows. So set it here. */ 4167 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_UNKNOWN && !evaluate && **arg == '(') 4168 { 4169 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4170 rettv->v_type = VAR_FUNC; 4171 } 4172 4173 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately 4174 * aborting on error, or when an interrupt occurred or 4175 * an exception was thrown but not caught. */ 4176 if (aborting()) 4177 { 4178 if (ret == OK) 4179 clear_tv(rettv); 4180 ret = FAIL; 4181 } 4182 } 4183 else if (evaluate) 4184 ret = get_var_tv(s, len, rettv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE); 4185 else 4186 { 4187 check_vars(s, len); 4188 ret = OK; 4189 } 4190 } 4191 vim_free(alias); 4192 } 4193 4194 *arg = skipwhite(*arg); 4195 4196 /* Handle following '[', '(' and '.' for expr[expr], expr.name, 4197 * expr(expr). */ 4198 if (ret == OK) 4199 ret = handle_subscript(arg, rettv, evaluate, TRUE); 4200 4201 /* 4202 * Apply logical NOT and unary '-', from right to left, ignore '+'. 4203 */ 4204 if (ret == OK && evaluate && end_leader > start_leader) 4205 { 4206 int error = FALSE; 4207 varnumber_T val = 0; 4208 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4209 float_T f = 0.0; 4210 4211 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4212 f = rettv->vval.v_float; 4213 else 4214 #endif 4215 val = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 4216 if (error) 4217 { 4218 clear_tv(rettv); 4219 ret = FAIL; 4220 } 4221 else 4222 { 4223 while (end_leader > start_leader) 4224 { 4225 --end_leader; 4226 if (*end_leader == '!') 4227 { 4228 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4229 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4230 f = !f; 4231 else 4232 #endif 4233 val = !val; 4234 } 4235 else if (*end_leader == '-') 4236 { 4237 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4238 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4239 f = -f; 4240 else 4241 #endif 4242 val = -val; 4243 } 4244 } 4245 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4246 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4247 { 4248 clear_tv(rettv); 4249 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4250 } 4251 else 4252 #endif 4253 { 4254 clear_tv(rettv); 4255 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4256 rettv->vval.v_number = val; 4257 } 4258 } 4259 } 4260 4261 return ret; 4262 } 4263 4264 /* 4265 * Evaluate an "[expr]" or "[expr:expr]" index. Also "dict.key". 4266 * "*arg" points to the '[' or '.'. 4267 * Returns FAIL or OK. "*arg" is advanced to after the ']'. 4268 */ 4269 static int 4270 eval_index( 4271 char_u **arg, 4272 typval_T *rettv, 4273 int evaluate, 4274 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 4275 { 4276 int empty1 = FALSE, empty2 = FALSE; 4277 typval_T var1, var2; 4278 long n1, n2 = 0; 4279 long len = -1; 4280 int range = FALSE; 4281 char_u *s; 4282 char_u *key = NULL; 4283 4284 switch (rettv->v_type) 4285 { 4286 case VAR_FUNC: 4287 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4288 if (verbose) 4289 EMSG(_("E695: Cannot index a Funcref")); 4290 return FAIL; 4291 case VAR_FLOAT: 4292 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4293 if (verbose) 4294 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 4295 return FAIL; 4296 #endif 4297 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4298 case VAR_JOB: 4299 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4300 if (verbose) 4301 EMSG(_("E909: Cannot index a special variable")); 4302 return FAIL; 4303 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4304 if (evaluate) 4305 return FAIL; 4306 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4307 4308 case VAR_STRING: 4309 case VAR_NUMBER: 4310 case VAR_LIST: 4311 case VAR_DICT: 4312 break; 4313 } 4314 4315 init_tv(&var1); 4316 init_tv(&var2); 4317 if (**arg == '.') 4318 { 4319 /* 4320 * dict.name 4321 */ 4322 key = *arg + 1; 4323 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 4324 ; 4325 if (len == 0) 4326 return FAIL; 4327 *arg = skipwhite(key + len); 4328 } 4329 else 4330 { 4331 /* 4332 * something[idx] 4333 * 4334 * Get the (first) variable from inside the []. 4335 */ 4336 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4337 if (**arg == ':') 4338 empty1 = TRUE; 4339 else if (eval1(arg, &var1, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4340 return FAIL; 4341 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 4342 { 4343 /* not a number or string */ 4344 clear_tv(&var1); 4345 return FAIL; 4346 } 4347 4348 /* 4349 * Get the second variable from inside the [:]. 4350 */ 4351 if (**arg == ':') 4352 { 4353 range = TRUE; 4354 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4355 if (**arg == ']') 4356 empty2 = TRUE; 4357 else if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4358 { 4359 if (!empty1) 4360 clear_tv(&var1); 4361 return FAIL; 4362 } 4363 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 4364 { 4365 /* not a number or string */ 4366 if (!empty1) 4367 clear_tv(&var1); 4368 clear_tv(&var2); 4369 return FAIL; 4370 } 4371 } 4372 4373 /* Check for the ']'. */ 4374 if (**arg != ']') 4375 { 4376 if (verbose) 4377 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 4378 clear_tv(&var1); 4379 if (range) 4380 clear_tv(&var2); 4381 return FAIL; 4382 } 4383 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); /* skip the ']' */ 4384 } 4385 4386 if (evaluate) 4387 { 4388 n1 = 0; 4389 if (!empty1 && rettv->v_type != VAR_DICT) 4390 { 4391 n1 = get_tv_number(&var1); 4392 clear_tv(&var1); 4393 } 4394 if (range) 4395 { 4396 if (empty2) 4397 n2 = -1; 4398 else 4399 { 4400 n2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 4401 clear_tv(&var2); 4402 } 4403 } 4404 4405 switch (rettv->v_type) 4406 { 4407 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4408 case VAR_FUNC: 4409 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4410 case VAR_FLOAT: 4411 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4412 case VAR_JOB: 4413 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4414 break; /* not evaluating, skipping over subscript */ 4415 4416 case VAR_NUMBER: 4417 case VAR_STRING: 4418 s = get_tv_string(rettv); 4419 len = (long)STRLEN(s); 4420 if (range) 4421 { 4422 /* The resulting variable is a substring. If the indexes 4423 * are out of range the result is empty. */ 4424 if (n1 < 0) 4425 { 4426 n1 = len + n1; 4427 if (n1 < 0) 4428 n1 = 0; 4429 } 4430 if (n2 < 0) 4431 n2 = len + n2; 4432 else if (n2 >= len) 4433 n2 = len; 4434 if (n1 >= len || n2 < 0 || n1 > n2) 4435 s = NULL; 4436 else 4437 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, (int)(n2 - n1 + 1)); 4438 } 4439 else 4440 { 4441 /* The resulting variable is a string of a single 4442 * character. If the index is too big or negative the 4443 * result is empty. */ 4444 if (n1 >= len || n1 < 0) 4445 s = NULL; 4446 else 4447 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, 1); 4448 } 4449 clear_tv(rettv); 4450 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4451 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 4452 break; 4453 4454 case VAR_LIST: 4455 len = list_len(rettv->vval.v_list); 4456 if (n1 < 0) 4457 n1 = len + n1; 4458 if (!empty1 && (n1 < 0 || n1 >= len)) 4459 { 4460 /* For a range we allow invalid values and return an empty 4461 * list. A list index out of range is an error. */ 4462 if (!range) 4463 { 4464 if (verbose) 4465 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), n1); 4466 return FAIL; 4467 } 4468 n1 = len; 4469 } 4470 if (range) 4471 { 4472 list_T *l; 4473 listitem_T *item; 4474 4475 if (n2 < 0) 4476 n2 = len + n2; 4477 else if (n2 >= len) 4478 n2 = len - 1; 4479 if (!empty2 && (n2 < 0 || n2 + 1 < n1)) 4480 n2 = -1; 4481 l = list_alloc(); 4482 if (l == NULL) 4483 return FAIL; 4484 for (item = list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1); 4485 n1 <= n2; ++n1) 4486 { 4487 if (list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv) == FAIL) 4488 { 4489 list_free(l); 4490 return FAIL; 4491 } 4492 item = item->li_next; 4493 } 4494 clear_tv(rettv); 4495 rettv_list_set(rettv, l); 4496 } 4497 else 4498 { 4499 copy_tv(&list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1)->li_tv, &var1); 4500 clear_tv(rettv); 4501 *rettv = var1; 4502 } 4503 break; 4504 4505 case VAR_DICT: 4506 if (range) 4507 { 4508 if (verbose) 4509 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 4510 if (len == -1) 4511 clear_tv(&var1); 4512 return FAIL; 4513 } 4514 { 4515 dictitem_T *item; 4516 4517 if (len == -1) 4518 { 4519 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); 4520 if (key == NULL) 4521 { 4522 clear_tv(&var1); 4523 return FAIL; 4524 } 4525 } 4526 4527 item = dict_find(rettv->vval.v_dict, key, (int)len); 4528 4529 if (item == NULL && verbose) 4530 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 4531 if (len == -1) 4532 clear_tv(&var1); 4533 if (item == NULL) 4534 return FAIL; 4535 4536 copy_tv(&item->di_tv, &var1); 4537 clear_tv(rettv); 4538 *rettv = var1; 4539 } 4540 break; 4541 } 4542 } 4543 4544 return OK; 4545 } 4546 4547 /* 4548 * Get an option value. 4549 * "arg" points to the '&' or '+' before the option name. 4550 * "arg" is advanced to character after the option name. 4551 * Return OK or FAIL. 4552 */ 4553 int 4554 get_option_tv( 4555 char_u **arg, 4556 typval_T *rettv, /* when NULL, only check if option exists */ 4557 int evaluate) 4558 { 4559 char_u *option_end; 4560 long numval; 4561 char_u *stringval; 4562 int opt_type; 4563 int c; 4564 int working = (**arg == '+'); /* has("+option") */ 4565 int ret = OK; 4566 int opt_flags; 4567 4568 /* 4569 * Isolate the option name and find its value. 4570 */ 4571 option_end = find_option_end(arg, &opt_flags); 4572 if (option_end == NULL) 4573 { 4574 if (rettv != NULL) 4575 EMSG2(_("E112: Option name missing: %s"), *arg); 4576 return FAIL; 4577 } 4578 4579 if (!evaluate) 4580 { 4581 *arg = option_end; 4582 return OK; 4583 } 4584 4585 c = *option_end; 4586 *option_end = NUL; 4587 opt_type = get_option_value(*arg, &numval, 4588 rettv == NULL ? NULL : &stringval, opt_flags); 4589 4590 if (opt_type == -3) /* invalid name */ 4591 { 4592 if (rettv != NULL) 4593 EMSG2(_("E113: Unknown option: %s"), *arg); 4594 ret = FAIL; 4595 } 4596 else if (rettv != NULL) 4597 { 4598 if (opt_type == -2) /* hidden string option */ 4599 { 4600 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4601 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4602 } 4603 else if (opt_type == -1) /* hidden number option */ 4604 { 4605 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4606 rettv->vval.v_number = 0; 4607 } 4608 else if (opt_type == 1) /* number option */ 4609 { 4610 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4611 rettv->vval.v_number = numval; 4612 } 4613 else /* string option */ 4614 { 4615 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4616 rettv->vval.v_string = stringval; 4617 } 4618 } 4619 else if (working && (opt_type == -2 || opt_type == -1)) 4620 ret = FAIL; 4621 4622 *option_end = c; /* put back for error messages */ 4623 *arg = option_end; 4624 4625 return ret; 4626 } 4627 4628 /* 4629 * Allocate a variable for a string constant. 4630 * Return OK or FAIL. 4631 */ 4632 static int 4633 get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4634 { 4635 char_u *p; 4636 char_u *name; 4637 int extra = 0; 4638 4639 /* 4640 * Find the end of the string, skipping backslashed characters. 4641 */ 4642 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4643 { 4644 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 4645 { 4646 ++p; 4647 /* A "\<x>" form occupies at least 4 characters, and produces up 4648 * to 6 characters: reserve space for 2 extra */ 4649 if (*p == '<') 4650 extra += 2; 4651 } 4652 } 4653 4654 if (*p != '"') 4655 { 4656 EMSG2(_("E114: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4657 return FAIL; 4658 } 4659 4660 /* If only parsing, set *arg and return here */ 4661 if (!evaluate) 4662 { 4663 *arg = p + 1; 4664 return OK; 4665 } 4666 4667 /* 4668 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling backslashed 4669 * characters. 4670 */ 4671 name = alloc((unsigned)(p - *arg + extra)); 4672 if (name == NULL) 4673 return FAIL; 4674 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4675 rettv->vval.v_string = name; 4676 4677 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; ) 4678 { 4679 if (*p == '\\') 4680 { 4681 switch (*++p) 4682 { 4683 case 'b': *name++ = BS; ++p; break; 4684 case 'e': *name++ = ESC; ++p; break; 4685 case 'f': *name++ = FF; ++p; break; 4686 case 'n': *name++ = NL; ++p; break; 4687 case 'r': *name++ = CAR; ++p; break; 4688 case 't': *name++ = TAB; ++p; break; 4689 4690 case 'X': /* hex: "\x1", "\x12" */ 4691 case 'x': 4692 case 'u': /* Unicode: "\u0023" */ 4693 case 'U': 4694 if (vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4695 { 4696 int n, nr; 4697 int c = toupper(*p); 4698 4699 if (c == 'X') 4700 n = 2; 4701 else if (*p == 'u') 4702 n = 4; 4703 else 4704 n = 8; 4705 nr = 0; 4706 while (--n >= 0 && vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4707 { 4708 ++p; 4709 nr = (nr << 4) + hex2nr(*p); 4710 } 4711 ++p; 4712 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4713 /* For "\u" store the number according to 4714 * 'encoding'. */ 4715 if (c != 'X') 4716 name += (*mb_char2bytes)(nr, name); 4717 else 4718 #endif 4719 *name++ = nr; 4720 } 4721 break; 4722 4723 /* octal: "\1", "\12", "\123" */ 4724 case '0': 4725 case '1': 4726 case '2': 4727 case '3': 4728 case '4': 4729 case '5': 4730 case '6': 4731 case '7': *name = *p++ - '0'; 4732 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4733 { 4734 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4735 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4736 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4737 } 4738 ++name; 4739 break; 4740 4741 /* Special key, e.g.: "\<C-W>" */ 4742 case '<': extra = trans_special(&p, name, TRUE, TRUE); 4743 if (extra != 0) 4744 { 4745 name += extra; 4746 break; 4747 } 4748 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4749 4750 default: MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4751 break; 4752 } 4753 } 4754 else 4755 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4756 4757 } 4758 *name = NUL; 4759 if (*p != NUL) /* just in case */ 4760 ++p; 4761 *arg = p; 4762 4763 return OK; 4764 } 4765 4766 /* 4767 * Allocate a variable for a 'str''ing' constant. 4768 * Return OK or FAIL. 4769 */ 4770 static int 4771 get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4772 { 4773 char_u *p; 4774 char_u *str; 4775 int reduce = 0; 4776 4777 /* 4778 * Find the end of the string, skipping ''. 4779 */ 4780 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4781 { 4782 if (*p == '\'') 4783 { 4784 if (p[1] != '\'') 4785 break; 4786 ++reduce; 4787 ++p; 4788 } 4789 } 4790 4791 if (*p != '\'') 4792 { 4793 EMSG2(_("E115: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4794 return FAIL; 4795 } 4796 4797 /* If only parsing return after setting "*arg" */ 4798 if (!evaluate) 4799 { 4800 *arg = p + 1; 4801 return OK; 4802 } 4803 4804 /* 4805 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling '' to ' reduction. 4806 */ 4807 str = alloc((unsigned)((p - *arg) - reduce)); 4808 if (str == NULL) 4809 return FAIL; 4810 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4811 rettv->vval.v_string = str; 4812 4813 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; ) 4814 { 4815 if (*p == '\'') 4816 { 4817 if (p[1] != '\'') 4818 break; 4819 ++p; 4820 } 4821 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, str); 4822 } 4823 *str = NUL; 4824 *arg = p + 1; 4825 4826 return OK; 4827 } 4828 4829 /* 4830 * Return the function name of the partial. 4831 */ 4832 char_u * 4833 partial_name(partial_T *pt) 4834 { 4835 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 4836 return pt->pt_name; 4837 return pt->pt_func->uf_name; 4838 } 4839 4840 static void 4841 partial_free(partial_T *pt) 4842 { 4843 int i; 4844 4845 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 4846 clear_tv(&pt->pt_argv[i]); 4847 vim_free(pt->pt_argv); 4848 dict_unref(pt->pt_dict); 4849 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 4850 { 4851 func_unref(pt->pt_name); 4852 vim_free(pt->pt_name); 4853 } 4854 else 4855 func_ptr_unref(pt->pt_func); 4856 vim_free(pt); 4857 } 4858 4859 /* 4860 * Unreference a closure: decrement the reference count and free it when it 4861 * becomes zero. 4862 */ 4863 void 4864 partial_unref(partial_T *pt) 4865 { 4866 if (pt != NULL && --pt->pt_refcount <= 0) 4867 partial_free(pt); 4868 } 4869 4870 static int tv_equal_recurse_limit; 4871 4872 static int 4873 func_equal( 4874 typval_T *tv1, 4875 typval_T *tv2, 4876 int ic) /* ignore case */ 4877 { 4878 char_u *s1, *s2; 4879 dict_T *d1, *d2; 4880 int a1, a2; 4881 int i; 4882 4883 /* empty and NULL function name considered the same */ 4884 s1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv1->vval.v_string 4885 : partial_name(tv1->vval.v_partial); 4886 if (s1 != NULL && *s1 == NUL) 4887 s1 = NULL; 4888 s2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv2->vval.v_string 4889 : partial_name(tv2->vval.v_partial); 4890 if (s2 != NULL && *s2 == NUL) 4891 s2 = NULL; 4892 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) 4893 { 4894 if (s1 != s2) 4895 return FALSE; 4896 } 4897 else if (STRCMP(s1, s2) != 0) 4898 return FALSE; 4899 4900 /* empty dict and NULL dict is different */ 4901 d1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 4902 d2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 4903 if (d1 == NULL || d2 == NULL) 4904 { 4905 if (d1 != d2) 4906 return FALSE; 4907 } 4908 else if (!dict_equal(d1, d2, ic, TRUE)) 4909 return FALSE; 4910 4911 /* empty list and no list considered the same */ 4912 a1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 4913 a2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 4914 if (a1 != a2) 4915 return FALSE; 4916 for (i = 0; i < a1; ++i) 4917 if (!tv_equal(tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, 4918 tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, ic, TRUE)) 4919 return FALSE; 4920 4921 return TRUE; 4922 } 4923 4924 /* 4925 * Return TRUE if "tv1" and "tv2" have the same value. 4926 * Compares the items just like "==" would compare them, but strings and 4927 * numbers are different. Floats and numbers are also different. 4928 */ 4929 int 4930 tv_equal( 4931 typval_T *tv1, 4932 typval_T *tv2, 4933 int ic, /* ignore case */ 4934 int recursive) /* TRUE when used recursively */ 4935 { 4936 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 4937 char_u *s1, *s2; 4938 static int recursive_cnt = 0; /* catch recursive loops */ 4939 int r; 4940 4941 /* Catch lists and dicts that have an endless loop by limiting 4942 * recursiveness to a limit. We guess they are equal then. 4943 * A fixed limit has the problem of still taking an awful long time. 4944 * Reduce the limit every time running into it. That should work fine for 4945 * deeply linked structures that are not recursively linked and catch 4946 * recursiveness quickly. */ 4947 if (!recursive) 4948 tv_equal_recurse_limit = 1000; 4949 if (recursive_cnt >= tv_equal_recurse_limit) 4950 { 4951 --tv_equal_recurse_limit; 4952 return TRUE; 4953 } 4954 4955 /* For VAR_FUNC and VAR_PARTIAL compare the function name, bound dict and 4956 * arguments. */ 4957 if ((tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC 4958 || (tv1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv1->vval.v_partial != NULL)) 4959 && (tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 4960 || (tv2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv2->vval.v_partial != NULL))) 4961 { 4962 ++recursive_cnt; 4963 r = func_equal(tv1, tv2, ic); 4964 --recursive_cnt; 4965 return r; 4966 } 4967 4968 if (tv1->v_type != tv2->v_type) 4969 return FALSE; 4970 4971 switch (tv1->v_type) 4972 { 4973 case VAR_LIST: 4974 ++recursive_cnt; 4975 r = list_equal(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, ic, TRUE); 4976 --recursive_cnt; 4977 return r; 4978 4979 case VAR_DICT: 4980 ++recursive_cnt; 4981 r = dict_equal(tv1->vval.v_dict, tv2->vval.v_dict, ic, TRUE); 4982 --recursive_cnt; 4983 return r; 4984 4985 case VAR_NUMBER: 4986 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 4987 4988 case VAR_STRING: 4989 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(tv1, buf1); 4990 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(tv2, buf2); 4991 return ((ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2)) == 0); 4992 4993 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4994 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 4995 4996 case VAR_FLOAT: 4997 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4998 return tv1->vval.v_float == tv2->vval.v_float; 4999 #endif 5000 case VAR_JOB: 5001 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5002 return tv1->vval.v_job == tv2->vval.v_job; 5003 #endif 5004 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5005 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5006 return tv1->vval.v_channel == tv2->vval.v_channel; 5007 #endif 5008 case VAR_FUNC: 5009 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5010 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5011 break; 5012 } 5013 5014 /* VAR_UNKNOWN can be the result of a invalid expression, let's say it 5015 * does not equal anything, not even itself. */ 5016 return FALSE; 5017 } 5018 5019 /* 5020 * Return the next (unique) copy ID. 5021 * Used for serializing nested structures. 5022 */ 5023 int 5024 get_copyID(void) 5025 { 5026 current_copyID += COPYID_INC; 5027 return current_copyID; 5028 } 5029 5030 /* 5031 * Garbage collection for lists and dictionaries. 5032 * 5033 * We use reference counts to be able to free most items right away when they 5034 * are no longer used. But for composite items it's possible that it becomes 5035 * unused while the reference count is > 0: When there is a recursive 5036 * reference. Example: 5037 * :let l = [1, 2, 3] 5038 * :let d = {9: l} 5039 * :let l[1] = d 5040 * 5041 * Since this is quite unusual we handle this with garbage collection: every 5042 * once in a while find out which lists and dicts are not referenced from any 5043 * variable. 5044 * 5045 * Here is a good reference text about garbage collection (refers to Python 5046 * but it applies to all reference-counting mechanisms): 5047 * http://python.ca/nas/python/gc/ 5048 */ 5049 5050 /* 5051 * Do garbage collection for lists and dicts. 5052 * When "testing" is TRUE this is called from test_garbagecollect_now(). 5053 * Return TRUE if some memory was freed. 5054 */ 5055 int 5056 garbage_collect(int testing) 5057 { 5058 int copyID; 5059 int abort = FALSE; 5060 buf_T *buf; 5061 win_T *wp; 5062 int i; 5063 int did_free = FALSE; 5064 tabpage_T *tp; 5065 5066 if (!testing) 5067 { 5068 /* Only do this once. */ 5069 want_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5070 may_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5071 garbage_collect_at_exit = FALSE; 5072 } 5073 5074 /* We advance by two because we add one for items referenced through 5075 * previous_funccal. */ 5076 copyID = get_copyID(); 5077 5078 /* 5079 * 1. Go through all accessible variables and mark all lists and dicts 5080 * with copyID. 5081 */ 5082 5083 /* Don't free variables in the previous_funccal list unless they are only 5084 * referenced through previous_funccal. This must be first, because if 5085 * the item is referenced elsewhere the funccal must not be freed. */ 5086 abort = abort || set_ref_in_previous_funccal(copyID); 5087 5088 /* script-local variables */ 5089 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 5090 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&SCRIPT_VARS(i), copyID, NULL); 5091 5092 /* buffer-local variables */ 5093 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 5094 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&buf->b_bufvar.di_tv, copyID, 5095 NULL, NULL); 5096 5097 /* window-local variables */ 5098 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 5099 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&wp->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5100 NULL, NULL); 5101 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 5102 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&aucmd_win->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5103 NULL, NULL); 5104 5105 /* tabpage-local variables */ 5106 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 5107 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&tp->tp_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5108 NULL, NULL); 5109 /* global variables */ 5110 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&globvarht, copyID, NULL); 5111 5112 /* function-local variables */ 5113 abort = abort || set_ref_in_call_stack(copyID); 5114 5115 /* named functions (matters for closures) */ 5116 abort = abort || set_ref_in_functions(copyID); 5117 5118 /* function call arguments, if v:testing is set. */ 5119 abort = abort || set_ref_in_func_args(copyID); 5120 5121 /* v: vars */ 5122 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&vimvarht, copyID, NULL); 5123 5124 #ifdef FEAT_LUA 5125 abort = abort || set_ref_in_lua(copyID); 5126 #endif 5127 5128 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON 5129 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python(copyID); 5130 #endif 5131 5132 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON3 5133 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python3(copyID); 5134 #endif 5135 5136 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5137 abort = abort || set_ref_in_channel(copyID); 5138 abort = abort || set_ref_in_job(copyID); 5139 #endif 5140 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 5141 abort = abort || set_ref_in_nb_channel(copyID); 5142 #endif 5143 5144 #ifdef FEAT_TIMERS 5145 abort = abort || set_ref_in_timer(copyID); 5146 #endif 5147 5148 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5149 abort = abort || set_ref_in_quickfix(copyID); 5150 #endif 5151 5152 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5153 abort = abort || set_ref_in_term(copyID); 5154 #endif 5155 5156 if (!abort) 5157 { 5158 /* 5159 * 2. Free lists and dictionaries that are not referenced. 5160 */ 5161 did_free = free_unref_items(copyID); 5162 5163 /* 5164 * 3. Check if any funccal can be freed now. 5165 * This may call us back recursively. 5166 */ 5167 free_unref_funccal(copyID, testing); 5168 } 5169 else if (p_verbose > 0) 5170 { 5171 verb_msg((char_u *)_("Not enough memory to set references, garbage collection aborted!")); 5172 } 5173 5174 return did_free; 5175 } 5176 5177 /* 5178 * Free lists, dictionaries, channels and jobs that are no longer referenced. 5179 */ 5180 static int 5181 free_unref_items(int copyID) 5182 { 5183 int did_free = FALSE; 5184 5185 /* Let all "free" functions know that we are here. This means no 5186 * dictionaries, lists, channels or jobs are to be freed, because we will 5187 * do that here. */ 5188 in_free_unref_items = TRUE; 5189 5190 /* 5191 * PASS 1: free the contents of the items. We don't free the items 5192 * themselves yet, so that it is possible to decrement refcount counters 5193 */ 5194 5195 /* Go through the list of dicts and free items without the copyID. */ 5196 did_free |= dict_free_nonref(copyID); 5197 5198 /* Go through the list of lists and free items without the copyID. */ 5199 did_free |= list_free_nonref(copyID); 5200 5201 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5202 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5203 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5204 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5205 did_free |= free_unused_jobs_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5206 5207 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5208 did_free |= free_unused_channels_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5209 #endif 5210 5211 /* 5212 * PASS 2: free the items themselves. 5213 */ 5214 dict_free_items(copyID); 5215 list_free_items(copyID); 5216 5217 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5218 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5219 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5220 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5221 free_unused_jobs(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5222 5223 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5224 free_unused_channels(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5225 #endif 5226 5227 in_free_unref_items = FALSE; 5228 5229 return did_free; 5230 } 5231 5232 /* 5233 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through hashtab "ht" with "copyID". 5234 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5235 * 5236 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5237 */ 5238 int 5239 set_ref_in_ht(hashtab_T *ht, int copyID, list_stack_T **list_stack) 5240 { 5241 int todo; 5242 int abort = FALSE; 5243 hashitem_T *hi; 5244 hashtab_T *cur_ht; 5245 ht_stack_T *ht_stack = NULL; 5246 ht_stack_T *tempitem; 5247 5248 cur_ht = ht; 5249 for (;;) 5250 { 5251 if (!abort) 5252 { 5253 /* Mark each item in the hashtab. If the item contains a hashtab 5254 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5255 * list_stack. */ 5256 todo = (int)cur_ht->ht_used; 5257 for (hi = cur_ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 5258 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 5259 { 5260 --todo; 5261 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, copyID, 5262 &ht_stack, list_stack); 5263 } 5264 } 5265 5266 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5267 break; 5268 5269 /* take an item from the stack */ 5270 cur_ht = ht_stack->ht; 5271 tempitem = ht_stack; 5272 ht_stack = ht_stack->prev; 5273 free(tempitem); 5274 } 5275 5276 return abort; 5277 } 5278 5279 /* 5280 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through list "l" with "copyID". 5281 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5282 * 5283 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5284 */ 5285 int 5286 set_ref_in_list(list_T *l, int copyID, ht_stack_T **ht_stack) 5287 { 5288 listitem_T *li; 5289 int abort = FALSE; 5290 list_T *cur_l; 5291 list_stack_T *list_stack = NULL; 5292 list_stack_T *tempitem; 5293 5294 cur_l = l; 5295 for (;;) 5296 { 5297 if (!abort) 5298 /* Mark each item in the list. If the item contains a hashtab 5299 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5300 * list_stack. */ 5301 for (li = cur_l->lv_first; !abort && li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 5302 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&li->li_tv, copyID, 5303 ht_stack, &list_stack); 5304 if (list_stack == NULL) 5305 break; 5306 5307 /* take an item from the stack */ 5308 cur_l = list_stack->list; 5309 tempitem = list_stack; 5310 list_stack = list_stack->prev; 5311 free(tempitem); 5312 } 5313 5314 return abort; 5315 } 5316 5317 /* 5318 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through typval "tv" with "copyID". 5319 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5320 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5321 * 5322 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5323 */ 5324 int 5325 set_ref_in_item( 5326 typval_T *tv, 5327 int copyID, 5328 ht_stack_T **ht_stack, 5329 list_stack_T **list_stack) 5330 { 5331 int abort = FALSE; 5332 5333 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 5334 { 5335 dict_T *dd = tv->vval.v_dict; 5336 5337 if (dd != NULL && dd->dv_copyID != copyID) 5338 { 5339 /* Didn't see this dict yet. */ 5340 dd->dv_copyID = copyID; 5341 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5342 { 5343 abort = set_ref_in_ht(&dd->dv_hashtab, copyID, list_stack); 5344 } 5345 else 5346 { 5347 ht_stack_T *newitem = (ht_stack_T*)malloc(sizeof(ht_stack_T)); 5348 if (newitem == NULL) 5349 abort = TRUE; 5350 else 5351 { 5352 newitem->ht = &dd->dv_hashtab; 5353 newitem->prev = *ht_stack; 5354 *ht_stack = newitem; 5355 } 5356 } 5357 } 5358 } 5359 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5360 { 5361 list_T *ll = tv->vval.v_list; 5362 5363 if (ll != NULL && ll->lv_copyID != copyID) 5364 { 5365 /* Didn't see this list yet. */ 5366 ll->lv_copyID = copyID; 5367 if (list_stack == NULL) 5368 { 5369 abort = set_ref_in_list(ll, copyID, ht_stack); 5370 } 5371 else 5372 { 5373 list_stack_T *newitem = (list_stack_T*)malloc( 5374 sizeof(list_stack_T)); 5375 if (newitem == NULL) 5376 abort = TRUE; 5377 else 5378 { 5379 newitem->list = ll; 5380 newitem->prev = *list_stack; 5381 *list_stack = newitem; 5382 } 5383 } 5384 } 5385 } 5386 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 5387 { 5388 abort = set_ref_in_func(tv->vval.v_string, NULL, copyID); 5389 } 5390 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 5391 { 5392 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5393 int i; 5394 5395 /* A partial does not have a copyID, because it cannot contain itself. 5396 */ 5397 if (pt != NULL) 5398 { 5399 abort = set_ref_in_func(pt->pt_name, pt->pt_func, copyID); 5400 5401 if (pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5402 { 5403 typval_T dtv; 5404 5405 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5406 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5407 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5408 } 5409 5410 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5411 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&pt->pt_argv[i], copyID, 5412 ht_stack, list_stack); 5413 } 5414 } 5415 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5416 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_JOB) 5417 { 5418 job_T *job = tv->vval.v_job; 5419 typval_T dtv; 5420 5421 if (job != NULL && job->jv_copyID != copyID) 5422 { 5423 job->jv_copyID = copyID; 5424 if (job->jv_channel != NULL) 5425 { 5426 dtv.v_type = VAR_CHANNEL; 5427 dtv.vval.v_channel = job->jv_channel; 5428 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5429 } 5430 if (job->jv_exit_partial != NULL) 5431 { 5432 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5433 dtv.vval.v_partial = job->jv_exit_partial; 5434 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5435 } 5436 } 5437 } 5438 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_CHANNEL) 5439 { 5440 channel_T *ch =tv->vval.v_channel; 5441 ch_part_T part; 5442 typval_T dtv; 5443 jsonq_T *jq; 5444 cbq_T *cq; 5445 5446 if (ch != NULL && ch->ch_copyID != copyID) 5447 { 5448 ch->ch_copyID = copyID; 5449 for (part = PART_SOCK; part < PART_COUNT; ++part) 5450 { 5451 for (jq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_json_head.jq_next; jq != NULL; 5452 jq = jq->jq_next) 5453 set_ref_in_item(jq->jq_value, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5454 for (cq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_cb_head.cq_next; cq != NULL; 5455 cq = cq->cq_next) 5456 if (cq->cq_partial != NULL) 5457 { 5458 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5459 dtv.vval.v_partial = cq->cq_partial; 5460 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5461 } 5462 if (ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial != NULL) 5463 { 5464 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5465 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial; 5466 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5467 } 5468 } 5469 if (ch->ch_partial != NULL) 5470 { 5471 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5472 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_partial; 5473 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5474 } 5475 if (ch->ch_close_partial != NULL) 5476 { 5477 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5478 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_close_partial; 5479 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5480 } 5481 } 5482 } 5483 #endif 5484 return abort; 5485 } 5486 5487 static char * 5488 get_var_special_name(int nr) 5489 { 5490 switch (nr) 5491 { 5492 case VVAL_FALSE: return "v:false"; 5493 case VVAL_TRUE: return "v:true"; 5494 case VVAL_NONE: return "v:none"; 5495 case VVAL_NULL: return "v:null"; 5496 } 5497 internal_error("get_var_special_name()"); 5498 return "42"; 5499 } 5500 5501 /* 5502 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5503 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5504 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5505 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5506 * When both "echo_style" and "composite_val" are FALSE, put quotes around 5507 * stings as "string()", otherwise does not put quotes around strings, as 5508 * ":echo" displays values. 5509 * When "restore_copyID" is FALSE, repeated items in dictionaries and lists 5510 * are replaced with "...". 5511 * May return NULL. 5512 */ 5513 char_u * 5514 echo_string_core( 5515 typval_T *tv, 5516 char_u **tofree, 5517 char_u *numbuf, 5518 int copyID, 5519 int echo_style, 5520 int restore_copyID, 5521 int composite_val) 5522 { 5523 static int recurse = 0; 5524 char_u *r = NULL; 5525 5526 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 5527 { 5528 if (!did_echo_string_emsg) 5529 { 5530 /* Only give this message once for a recursive call to avoid 5531 * flooding the user with errors. And stop iterating over lists 5532 * and dicts. */ 5533 did_echo_string_emsg = TRUE; 5534 EMSG(_("E724: variable nested too deep for displaying")); 5535 } 5536 *tofree = NULL; 5537 return (char_u *)"{E724}"; 5538 } 5539 ++recurse; 5540 5541 switch (tv->v_type) 5542 { 5543 case VAR_STRING: 5544 if (echo_style && !composite_val) 5545 { 5546 *tofree = NULL; 5547 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5548 if (r == NULL) 5549 r = (char_u *)""; 5550 } 5551 else 5552 { 5553 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, FALSE); 5554 r = *tofree; 5555 } 5556 break; 5557 5558 case VAR_FUNC: 5559 if (echo_style) 5560 { 5561 *tofree = NULL; 5562 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5563 } 5564 else 5565 { 5566 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, TRUE); 5567 r = *tofree; 5568 } 5569 break; 5570 5571 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5572 { 5573 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5574 char_u *fname = string_quote(pt == NULL ? NULL 5575 : partial_name(pt), FALSE); 5576 garray_T ga; 5577 int i; 5578 char_u *tf; 5579 5580 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 100); 5581 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"function("); 5582 if (fname != NULL) 5583 { 5584 ga_concat(&ga, fname); 5585 vim_free(fname); 5586 } 5587 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_argc > 0) 5588 { 5589 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", ["); 5590 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5591 { 5592 if (i > 0) 5593 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5594 ga_concat(&ga, 5595 tv2string(&pt->pt_argv[i], &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5596 vim_free(tf); 5597 } 5598 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"]"); 5599 } 5600 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5601 { 5602 typval_T dtv; 5603 5604 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5605 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5606 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5607 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&dtv, &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5608 vim_free(tf); 5609 } 5610 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)")"); 5611 5612 *tofree = ga.ga_data; 5613 r = *tofree; 5614 break; 5615 } 5616 5617 case VAR_LIST: 5618 if (tv->vval.v_list == NULL) 5619 { 5620 *tofree = NULL; 5621 r = NULL; 5622 } 5623 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID 5624 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 5625 { 5626 *tofree = NULL; 5627 r = (char_u *)"[...]"; 5628 } 5629 else 5630 { 5631 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID; 5632 5633 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = copyID; 5634 *tofree = list2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5635 if (restore_copyID) 5636 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = old_copyID; 5637 r = *tofree; 5638 } 5639 break; 5640 5641 case VAR_DICT: 5642 if (tv->vval.v_dict == NULL) 5643 { 5644 *tofree = NULL; 5645 r = NULL; 5646 } 5647 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID 5648 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_hashtab.ht_used != 0) 5649 { 5650 *tofree = NULL; 5651 r = (char_u *)"{...}"; 5652 } 5653 else 5654 { 5655 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID; 5656 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = copyID; 5657 *tofree = dict2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5658 if (restore_copyID) 5659 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = old_copyID; 5660 r = *tofree; 5661 } 5662 break; 5663 5664 case VAR_NUMBER: 5665 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5666 *tofree = NULL; 5667 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5668 break; 5669 5670 case VAR_JOB: 5671 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5672 *tofree = NULL; 5673 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5674 if (composite_val) 5675 { 5676 *tofree = string_quote(r, FALSE); 5677 r = *tofree; 5678 } 5679 break; 5680 5681 case VAR_FLOAT: 5682 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5683 *tofree = NULL; 5684 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv->vval.v_float); 5685 r = numbuf; 5686 break; 5687 #endif 5688 5689 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5690 *tofree = NULL; 5691 r = (char_u *)get_var_special_name(tv->vval.v_number); 5692 break; 5693 } 5694 5695 if (--recurse == 0) 5696 did_echo_string_emsg = FALSE; 5697 return r; 5698 } 5699 5700 /* 5701 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5702 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5703 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5704 * Does not put quotes around strings, as ":echo" displays values. 5705 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5706 * May return NULL. 5707 */ 5708 char_u * 5709 echo_string( 5710 typval_T *tv, 5711 char_u **tofree, 5712 char_u *numbuf, 5713 int copyID) 5714 { 5715 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5716 } 5717 5718 /* 5719 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5720 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5721 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5722 * Puts quotes around strings, so that they can be parsed back by eval(). 5723 * May return NULL. 5724 */ 5725 char_u * 5726 tv2string( 5727 typval_T *tv, 5728 char_u **tofree, 5729 char_u *numbuf, 5730 int copyID) 5731 { 5732 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 5733 } 5734 5735 /* 5736 * Return string "str" in ' quotes, doubling ' characters. 5737 * If "str" is NULL an empty string is assumed. 5738 * If "function" is TRUE make it function('string'). 5739 */ 5740 char_u * 5741 string_quote(char_u *str, int function) 5742 { 5743 unsigned len; 5744 char_u *p, *r, *s; 5745 5746 len = (function ? 13 : 3); 5747 if (str != NULL) 5748 { 5749 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(str); 5750 for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 5751 if (*p == '\'') 5752 ++len; 5753 } 5754 s = r = alloc(len); 5755 if (r != NULL) 5756 { 5757 if (function) 5758 { 5759 STRCPY(r, "function('"); 5760 r += 10; 5761 } 5762 else 5763 *r++ = '\''; 5764 if (str != NULL) 5765 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ) 5766 { 5767 if (*p == '\'') 5768 *r++ = '\''; 5769 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, r); 5770 } 5771 *r++ = '\''; 5772 if (function) 5773 *r++ = ')'; 5774 *r++ = NUL; 5775 } 5776 return s; 5777 } 5778 5779 #if defined(FEAT_FLOAT) || defined(PROTO) 5780 /* 5781 * Convert the string "text" to a floating point number. 5782 * This uses strtod(). setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C") has been used to make sure 5783 * this always uses a decimal point. 5784 * Returns the length of the text that was consumed. 5785 */ 5786 int 5787 string2float( 5788 char_u *text, 5789 float_T *value) /* result stored here */ 5790 { 5791 char *s = (char *)text; 5792 float_T f; 5793 5794 /* MS-Windows does not deal with "inf" and "nan" properly. */ 5795 if (STRNICMP(text, "inf", 3) == 0) 5796 { 5797 *value = INFINITY; 5798 return 3; 5799 } 5800 if (STRNICMP(text, "-inf", 3) == 0) 5801 { 5802 *value = -INFINITY; 5803 return 4; 5804 } 5805 if (STRNICMP(text, "nan", 3) == 0) 5806 { 5807 *value = NAN; 5808 return 3; 5809 } 5810 f = strtod(s, &s); 5811 *value = f; 5812 return (int)((char_u *)s - text); 5813 } 5814 #endif 5815 5816 /* 5817 * Get the value of an environment variable. 5818 * "arg" is pointing to the '$'. It is advanced to after the name. 5819 * If the environment variable was not set, silently assume it is empty. 5820 * Return FAIL if the name is invalid. 5821 */ 5822 static int 5823 get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 5824 { 5825 char_u *string = NULL; 5826 int len; 5827 int cc; 5828 char_u *name; 5829 int mustfree = FALSE; 5830 5831 ++*arg; 5832 name = *arg; 5833 len = get_env_len(arg); 5834 if (evaluate) 5835 { 5836 if (len == 0) 5837 return FAIL; /* invalid empty name */ 5838 5839 cc = name[len]; 5840 name[len] = NUL; 5841 /* first try vim_getenv(), fast for normal environment vars */ 5842 string = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 5843 if (string != NULL && *string != NUL) 5844 { 5845 if (!mustfree) 5846 string = vim_strsave(string); 5847 } 5848 else 5849 { 5850 if (mustfree) 5851 vim_free(string); 5852 5853 /* next try expanding things like $VIM and ${HOME} */ 5854 string = expand_env_save(name - 1); 5855 if (string != NULL && *string == '$') 5856 VIM_CLEAR(string); 5857 } 5858 name[len] = cc; 5859 5860 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 5861 rettv->vval.v_string = string; 5862 } 5863 5864 return OK; 5865 } 5866 5867 5868 5869 /* 5870 * Translate a String variable into a position. 5871 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 5872 */ 5873 pos_T * 5874 var2fpos( 5875 typval_T *varp, 5876 int dollar_lnum, /* TRUE when $ is last line */ 5877 int *fnum) /* set to fnum for '0, 'A, etc. */ 5878 { 5879 char_u *name; 5880 static pos_T pos; 5881 pos_T *pp; 5882 5883 /* Argument can be [lnum, col, coladd]. */ 5884 if (varp->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5885 { 5886 list_T *l; 5887 int len; 5888 int error = FALSE; 5889 listitem_T *li; 5890 5891 l = varp->vval.v_list; 5892 if (l == NULL) 5893 return NULL; 5894 5895 /* Get the line number */ 5896 pos.lnum = list_find_nr(l, 0L, &error); 5897 if (error || pos.lnum <= 0 || pos.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 5898 return NULL; /* invalid line number */ 5899 5900 /* Get the column number */ 5901 pos.col = list_find_nr(l, 1L, &error); 5902 if (error) 5903 return NULL; 5904 len = (long)STRLEN(ml_get(pos.lnum)); 5905 5906 /* We accept "$" for the column number: last column. */ 5907 li = list_find(l, 1L); 5908 if (li != NULL && li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING 5909 && li->li_tv.vval.v_string != NULL 5910 && STRCMP(li->li_tv.vval.v_string, "$") == 0) 5911 pos.col = len + 1; 5912 5913 /* Accept a position up to the NUL after the line. */ 5914 if (pos.col == 0 || (int)pos.col > len + 1) 5915 return NULL; /* invalid column number */ 5916 --pos.col; 5917 5918 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5919 /* Get the virtual offset. Defaults to zero. */ 5920 pos.coladd = list_find_nr(l, 2L, &error); 5921 if (error) 5922 pos.coladd = 0; 5923 #endif 5924 5925 return &pos; 5926 } 5927 5928 name = get_tv_string_chk(varp); 5929 if (name == NULL) 5930 return NULL; 5931 if (name[0] == '.') /* cursor */ 5932 return &curwin->w_cursor; 5933 if (name[0] == 'v' && name[1] == NUL) /* Visual start */ 5934 { 5935 if (VIsual_active) 5936 return &VIsual; 5937 return &curwin->w_cursor; 5938 } 5939 if (name[0] == '\'') /* mark */ 5940 { 5941 pp = getmark_buf_fnum(curbuf, name[1], FALSE, fnum); 5942 if (pp == NULL || pp == (pos_T *)-1 || pp->lnum <= 0) 5943 return NULL; 5944 return pp; 5945 } 5946 5947 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5948 pos.coladd = 0; 5949 #endif 5950 5951 if (name[0] == 'w' && dollar_lnum) 5952 { 5953 pos.col = 0; 5954 if (name[1] == '0') /* "w0": first visible line */ 5955 { 5956 update_topline(); 5957 /* In silent Ex mode topline is zero, but that's not a valid line 5958 * number; use one instead. */ 5959 pos.lnum = curwin->w_topline > 0 ? curwin->w_topline : 1; 5960 return &pos; 5961 } 5962 else if (name[1] == '$') /* "w$": last visible line */ 5963 { 5964 validate_botline(); 5965 /* In silent Ex mode botline is zero, return zero then. */ 5966 pos.lnum = curwin->w_botline > 0 ? curwin->w_botline - 1 : 0; 5967 return &pos; 5968 } 5969 } 5970 else if (name[0] == '$') /* last column or line */ 5971 { 5972 if (dollar_lnum) 5973 { 5974 pos.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 5975 pos.col = 0; 5976 } 5977 else 5978 { 5979 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5980 pos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 5981 } 5982 return &pos; 5983 } 5984 return NULL; 5985 } 5986 5987 /* 5988 * Convert list in "arg" into a position and optional file number. 5989 * When "fnump" is NULL there is no file number, only 3 items. 5990 * Note that the column is passed on as-is, the caller may want to decrement 5991 * it to use 1 for the first column. 5992 * Return FAIL when conversion is not possible, doesn't check the position for 5993 * validity. 5994 */ 5995 int 5996 list2fpos( 5997 typval_T *arg, 5998 pos_T *posp, 5999 int *fnump, 6000 colnr_T *curswantp) 6001 { 6002 list_T *l = arg->vval.v_list; 6003 long i = 0; 6004 long n; 6005 6006 /* List must be: [fnum, lnum, col, coladd, curswant], where "fnum" is only 6007 * there when "fnump" isn't NULL; "coladd" and "curswant" are optional. */ 6008 if (arg->v_type != VAR_LIST 6009 || l == NULL 6010 || l->lv_len < (fnump == NULL ? 2 : 3) 6011 || l->lv_len > (fnump == NULL ? 4 : 5)) 6012 return FAIL; 6013 6014 if (fnump != NULL) 6015 { 6016 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* fnum */ 6017 if (n < 0) 6018 return FAIL; 6019 if (n == 0) 6020 n = curbuf->b_fnum; /* current buffer */ 6021 *fnump = n; 6022 } 6023 6024 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* lnum */ 6025 if (n < 0) 6026 return FAIL; 6027 posp->lnum = n; 6028 6029 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* col */ 6030 if (n < 0) 6031 return FAIL; 6032 posp->col = n; 6033 6034 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6035 n = list_find_nr(l, i, NULL); /* off */ 6036 if (n < 0) 6037 posp->coladd = 0; 6038 else 6039 posp->coladd = n; 6040 #endif 6041 6042 if (curswantp != NULL) 6043 *curswantp = list_find_nr(l, i + 1, NULL); /* curswant */ 6044 6045 return OK; 6046 } 6047 6048 /* 6049 * Get the length of an environment variable name. 6050 * Advance "arg" to the first character after the name. 6051 * Return 0 for error. 6052 */ 6053 static int 6054 get_env_len(char_u **arg) 6055 { 6056 char_u *p; 6057 int len; 6058 6059 for (p = *arg; vim_isIDc(*p); ++p) 6060 ; 6061 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6062 return 0; 6063 6064 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6065 *arg = p; 6066 return len; 6067 } 6068 6069 /* 6070 * Get the length of the name of a function or internal variable. 6071 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6072 * Return 0 if something is wrong. 6073 */ 6074 int 6075 get_id_len(char_u **arg) 6076 { 6077 char_u *p; 6078 int len; 6079 6080 /* Find the end of the name. */ 6081 for (p = *arg; eval_isnamec(*p); ++p) 6082 { 6083 if (*p == ':') 6084 { 6085 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6086 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. */ 6087 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6088 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, **arg) == NULL) 6089 || len > 1) 6090 break; 6091 } 6092 } 6093 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6094 return 0; 6095 6096 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6097 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6098 6099 return len; 6100 } 6101 6102 /* 6103 * Get the length of the name of a variable or function. 6104 * Only the name is recognized, does not handle ".key" or "[idx]". 6105 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6106 * Return -1 if curly braces expansion failed. 6107 * Return 0 if something else is wrong. 6108 * If the name contains 'magic' {}'s, expand them and return the 6109 * expanded name in an allocated string via 'alias' - caller must free. 6110 */ 6111 int 6112 get_name_len( 6113 char_u **arg, 6114 char_u **alias, 6115 int evaluate, 6116 int verbose) 6117 { 6118 int len; 6119 char_u *p; 6120 char_u *expr_start; 6121 char_u *expr_end; 6122 6123 *alias = NULL; /* default to no alias */ 6124 6125 if ((*arg)[0] == K_SPECIAL && (*arg)[1] == KS_EXTRA 6126 && (*arg)[2] == (int)KE_SNR) 6127 { 6128 /* hard coded <SNR>, already translated */ 6129 *arg += 3; 6130 return get_id_len(arg) + 3; 6131 } 6132 len = eval_fname_script(*arg); 6133 if (len > 0) 6134 { 6135 /* literal "<SID>", "s:" or "<SNR>" */ 6136 *arg += len; 6137 } 6138 6139 /* 6140 * Find the end of the name; check for {} construction. 6141 */ 6142 p = find_name_end(*arg, &expr_start, &expr_end, 6143 len > 0 ? 0 : FNE_CHECK_START); 6144 if (expr_start != NULL) 6145 { 6146 char_u *temp_string; 6147 6148 if (!evaluate) 6149 { 6150 len += (int)(p - *arg); 6151 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6152 return len; 6153 } 6154 6155 /* 6156 * Include any <SID> etc in the expanded string: 6157 * Thus the -len here. 6158 */ 6159 temp_string = make_expanded_name(*arg - len, expr_start, expr_end, p); 6160 if (temp_string == NULL) 6161 return -1; 6162 *alias = temp_string; 6163 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6164 return (int)STRLEN(temp_string); 6165 } 6166 6167 len += get_id_len(arg); 6168 if (len == 0 && verbose) 6169 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), *arg); 6170 6171 return len; 6172 } 6173 6174 /* 6175 * Find the end of a variable or function name, taking care of magic braces. 6176 * If "expr_start" is not NULL then "expr_start" and "expr_end" are set to the 6177 * start and end of the first magic braces item. 6178 * "flags" can have FNE_INCL_BR and FNE_CHECK_START. 6179 * Return a pointer to just after the name. Equal to "arg" if there is no 6180 * valid name. 6181 */ 6182 char_u * 6183 find_name_end( 6184 char_u *arg, 6185 char_u **expr_start, 6186 char_u **expr_end, 6187 int flags) 6188 { 6189 int mb_nest = 0; 6190 int br_nest = 0; 6191 char_u *p; 6192 int len; 6193 6194 if (expr_start != NULL) 6195 { 6196 *expr_start = NULL; 6197 *expr_end = NULL; 6198 } 6199 6200 /* Quick check for valid starting character. */ 6201 if ((flags & FNE_CHECK_START) && !eval_isnamec1(*arg) && *arg != '{') 6202 return arg; 6203 6204 for (p = arg; *p != NUL 6205 && (eval_isnamec(*p) 6206 || *p == '{' 6207 || ((flags & FNE_INCL_BR) && (*p == '[' || *p == '.')) 6208 || mb_nest != 0 6209 || br_nest != 0); MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6210 { 6211 if (*p == '\'') 6212 { 6213 /* skip over 'string' to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6214 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '\''; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6215 ; 6216 if (*p == NUL) 6217 break; 6218 } 6219 else if (*p == '"') 6220 { 6221 /* skip over "str\"ing" to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6222 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6223 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 6224 ++p; 6225 if (*p == NUL) 6226 break; 6227 } 6228 else if (br_nest == 0 && mb_nest == 0 && *p == ':') 6229 { 6230 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6231 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. But {ns}: is. */ 6232 len = (int)(p - arg); 6233 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, *arg) == NULL) 6234 || (len > 1 && p[-1] != '}')) 6235 break; 6236 } 6237 6238 if (mb_nest == 0) 6239 { 6240 if (*p == '[') 6241 ++br_nest; 6242 else if (*p == ']') 6243 --br_nest; 6244 } 6245 6246 if (br_nest == 0) 6247 { 6248 if (*p == '{') 6249 { 6250 mb_nest++; 6251 if (expr_start != NULL && *expr_start == NULL) 6252 *expr_start = p; 6253 } 6254 else if (*p == '}') 6255 { 6256 mb_nest--; 6257 if (expr_start != NULL && mb_nest == 0 && *expr_end == NULL) 6258 *expr_end = p; 6259 } 6260 } 6261 } 6262 6263 return p; 6264 } 6265 6266 /* 6267 * Expands out the 'magic' {}'s in a variable/function name. 6268 * Note that this can call itself recursively, to deal with 6269 * constructs like foo{bar}{baz}{bam} 6270 * The four pointer arguments point to "foo{expre}ss{ion}bar" 6271 * "in_start" ^ 6272 * "expr_start" ^ 6273 * "expr_end" ^ 6274 * "in_end" ^ 6275 * 6276 * Returns a new allocated string, which the caller must free. 6277 * Returns NULL for failure. 6278 */ 6279 static char_u * 6280 make_expanded_name( 6281 char_u *in_start, 6282 char_u *expr_start, 6283 char_u *expr_end, 6284 char_u *in_end) 6285 { 6286 char_u c1; 6287 char_u *retval = NULL; 6288 char_u *temp_result; 6289 char_u *nextcmd = NULL; 6290 6291 if (expr_end == NULL || in_end == NULL) 6292 return NULL; 6293 *expr_start = NUL; 6294 *expr_end = NUL; 6295 c1 = *in_end; 6296 *in_end = NUL; 6297 6298 temp_result = eval_to_string(expr_start + 1, &nextcmd, FALSE); 6299 if (temp_result != NULL && nextcmd == NULL) 6300 { 6301 retval = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(temp_result) + (expr_start - in_start) 6302 + (in_end - expr_end) + 1)); 6303 if (retval != NULL) 6304 { 6305 STRCPY(retval, in_start); 6306 STRCAT(retval, temp_result); 6307 STRCAT(retval, expr_end + 1); 6308 } 6309 } 6310 vim_free(temp_result); 6311 6312 *in_end = c1; /* put char back for error messages */ 6313 *expr_start = '{'; 6314 *expr_end = '}'; 6315 6316 if (retval != NULL) 6317 { 6318 temp_result = find_name_end(retval, &expr_start, &expr_end, 0); 6319 if (expr_start != NULL) 6320 { 6321 /* Further expansion! */ 6322 temp_result = make_expanded_name(retval, expr_start, 6323 expr_end, temp_result); 6324 vim_free(retval); 6325 retval = temp_result; 6326 } 6327 } 6328 6329 return retval; 6330 } 6331 6332 /* 6333 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used in a variable or function name. 6334 * Does not include '{' or '}' for magic braces. 6335 */ 6336 int 6337 eval_isnamec(int c) 6338 { 6339 return (ASCII_ISALNUM(c) || c == '_' || c == ':' || c == AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 6340 } 6341 6342 /* 6343 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used as the first character in a 6344 * variable or function name (excluding '{' and '}'). 6345 */ 6346 int 6347 eval_isnamec1(int c) 6348 { 6349 return (ASCII_ISALPHA(c) || c == '_'); 6350 } 6351 6352 /* 6353 * Set number v: variable to "val". 6354 */ 6355 void 6356 set_vim_var_nr(int idx, varnumber_T val) 6357 { 6358 vimvars[idx].vv_nr = val; 6359 } 6360 6361 /* 6362 * Get number v: variable value. 6363 */ 6364 varnumber_T 6365 get_vim_var_nr(int idx) 6366 { 6367 return vimvars[idx].vv_nr; 6368 } 6369 6370 /* 6371 * Get string v: variable value. Uses a static buffer, can only be used once. 6372 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 6373 * Never returns NULL; 6374 */ 6375 char_u * 6376 get_vim_var_str(int idx) 6377 { 6378 return get_tv_string(&vimvars[idx].vv_tv); 6379 } 6380 6381 /* 6382 * Get List v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6383 * needed. 6384 */ 6385 list_T * 6386 get_vim_var_list(int idx) 6387 { 6388 return vimvars[idx].vv_list; 6389 } 6390 6391 /* 6392 * Get Dict v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6393 * needed. 6394 */ 6395 dict_T * 6396 get_vim_var_dict(int idx) 6397 { 6398 return vimvars[idx].vv_dict; 6399 } 6400 6401 /* 6402 * Set v:char to character "c". 6403 */ 6404 void 6405 set_vim_var_char(int c) 6406 { 6407 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6408 6409 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6410 if (has_mbyte) 6411 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 6412 else 6413 #endif 6414 { 6415 buf[0] = c; 6416 buf[1] = NUL; 6417 } 6418 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); 6419 } 6420 6421 /* 6422 * Set v:count to "count" and v:count1 to "count1". 6423 * When "set_prevcount" is TRUE first set v:prevcount from v:count. 6424 */ 6425 void 6426 set_vcount( 6427 long count, 6428 long count1, 6429 int set_prevcount) 6430 { 6431 if (set_prevcount) 6432 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6433 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = count; 6434 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = count1; 6435 } 6436 6437 /* 6438 * Save variables that might be changed as a side effect. Used when executing 6439 * a timer callback. 6440 */ 6441 void 6442 save_vimvars(vimvars_save_T *vvsave) 6443 { 6444 vvsave->vv_prevcount = vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr; 6445 vvsave->vv_count = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6446 vvsave->vv_count1 = vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr; 6447 } 6448 6449 /* 6450 * Restore variables saved by save_vimvars(). 6451 */ 6452 void 6453 restore_vimvars(vimvars_save_T *vvsave) 6454 { 6455 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_prevcount; 6456 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_count; 6457 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_count1; 6458 } 6459 6460 /* 6461 * Set string v: variable to a copy of "val". 6462 */ 6463 void 6464 set_vim_var_string( 6465 int idx, 6466 char_u *val, 6467 int len) /* length of "val" to use or -1 (whole string) */ 6468 { 6469 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6470 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 6471 if (val == NULL) 6472 vimvars[idx].vv_str = NULL; 6473 else if (len == -1) 6474 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strsave(val); 6475 else 6476 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strnsave(val, len); 6477 } 6478 6479 /* 6480 * Set List v: variable to "val". 6481 */ 6482 void 6483 set_vim_var_list(int idx, list_T *val) 6484 { 6485 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6486 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_LIST; 6487 vimvars[idx].vv_list = val; 6488 if (val != NULL) 6489 ++val->lv_refcount; 6490 } 6491 6492 /* 6493 * Set Dictionary v: variable to "val". 6494 */ 6495 void 6496 set_vim_var_dict(int idx, dict_T *val) 6497 { 6498 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6499 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_DICT; 6500 vimvars[idx].vv_dict = val; 6501 if (val != NULL) 6502 { 6503 ++val->dv_refcount; 6504 dict_set_items_ro(val); 6505 } 6506 } 6507 6508 /* 6509 * Set v:register if needed. 6510 */ 6511 void 6512 set_reg_var(int c) 6513 { 6514 char_u regname; 6515 6516 if (c == 0 || c == ' ') 6517 regname = '"'; 6518 else 6519 regname = c; 6520 /* Avoid free/alloc when the value is already right. */ 6521 if (vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str == NULL || vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str[0] != c) 6522 set_vim_var_string(VV_REG, ®name, 1); 6523 } 6524 6525 /* 6526 * Get or set v:exception. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6527 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6528 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:exception! Does not 6529 * take care of memory allocations. 6530 */ 6531 char_u * 6532 v_exception(char_u *oldval) 6533 { 6534 if (oldval == NULL) 6535 return vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str; 6536 6537 vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str = oldval; 6538 return NULL; 6539 } 6540 6541 /* 6542 * Get or set v:throwpoint. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6543 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6544 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:throwpoint! Does not 6545 * take care of memory allocations. 6546 */ 6547 char_u * 6548 v_throwpoint(char_u *oldval) 6549 { 6550 if (oldval == NULL) 6551 return vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str; 6552 6553 vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str = oldval; 6554 return NULL; 6555 } 6556 6557 /* 6558 * Set v:cmdarg. 6559 * If "eap" != NULL, use "eap" to generate the value and return the old value. 6560 * If "oldarg" != NULL, restore the value to "oldarg" and return NULL. 6561 * Must always be called in pairs! 6562 */ 6563 char_u * 6564 set_cmdarg(exarg_T *eap, char_u *oldarg) 6565 { 6566 char_u *oldval; 6567 char_u *newval; 6568 unsigned len; 6569 6570 oldval = vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str; 6571 if (eap == NULL) 6572 { 6573 vim_free(oldval); 6574 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = oldarg; 6575 return NULL; 6576 } 6577 6578 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6579 len = 6; 6580 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6581 len = 8; 6582 else 6583 len = 0; 6584 6585 if (eap->read_edit) 6586 len += 7; 6587 6588 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6589 len += 10; /* " ++ff=unix" */ 6590 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6591 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6592 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_enc) + 7; 6593 if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6594 len += 7 + 4; /* " ++bad=" + "keep" or "drop" */ 6595 # endif 6596 6597 newval = alloc(len + 1); 6598 if (newval == NULL) 6599 return NULL; 6600 6601 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6602 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++bin"); 6603 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6604 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++nobin"); 6605 else 6606 *newval = NUL; 6607 6608 if (eap->read_edit) 6609 STRCAT(newval, " ++edit"); 6610 6611 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6612 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++ff=%s", 6613 eap->force_ff == 'u' ? "unix" 6614 : eap->force_ff == 'd' ? "dos" 6615 : "mac"); 6616 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6617 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6618 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++enc=%s", 6619 eap->cmd + eap->force_enc); 6620 if (eap->bad_char == BAD_KEEP) 6621 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=keep"); 6622 else if (eap->bad_char == BAD_DROP) 6623 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=drop"); 6624 else if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6625 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=%c", eap->bad_char); 6626 #endif 6627 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = newval; 6628 return oldval; 6629 } 6630 6631 /* 6632 * Get the value of internal variable "name". 6633 * Return OK or FAIL. If OK is returned "rettv" must be cleared. 6634 */ 6635 int 6636 get_var_tv( 6637 char_u *name, 6638 int len, /* length of "name" */ 6639 typval_T *rettv, /* NULL when only checking existence */ 6640 dictitem_T **dip, /* non-NULL when typval's dict item is needed */ 6641 int verbose, /* may give error message */ 6642 int no_autoload) /* do not use script autoloading */ 6643 { 6644 int ret = OK; 6645 typval_T *tv = NULL; 6646 dictitem_T *v; 6647 int cc; 6648 6649 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6650 cc = name[len]; 6651 name[len] = NUL; 6652 6653 /* 6654 * Check for user-defined variables. 6655 */ 6656 v = find_var(name, NULL, no_autoload); 6657 if (v != NULL) 6658 { 6659 tv = &v->di_tv; 6660 if (dip != NULL) 6661 *dip = v; 6662 } 6663 6664 if (tv == NULL) 6665 { 6666 if (rettv != NULL && verbose) 6667 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), name); 6668 ret = FAIL; 6669 } 6670 else if (rettv != NULL) 6671 copy_tv(tv, rettv); 6672 6673 name[len] = cc; 6674 6675 return ret; 6676 } 6677 6678 /* 6679 * Check if variable "name[len]" is a local variable or an argument. 6680 * If so, "*eval_lavars_used" is set to TRUE. 6681 */ 6682 static void 6683 check_vars(char_u *name, int len) 6684 { 6685 int cc; 6686 char_u *varname; 6687 hashtab_T *ht; 6688 6689 if (eval_lavars_used == NULL) 6690 return; 6691 6692 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6693 cc = name[len]; 6694 name[len] = NUL; 6695 6696 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 6697 if (ht == get_funccal_local_ht() || ht == get_funccal_args_ht()) 6698 { 6699 if (find_var(name, NULL, TRUE) != NULL) 6700 *eval_lavars_used = TRUE; 6701 } 6702 6703 name[len] = cc; 6704 } 6705 6706 /* 6707 * Handle expr[expr], expr[expr:expr] subscript and .name lookup. 6708 * Also handle function call with Funcref variable: func(expr) 6709 * Can all be combined: dict.func(expr)[idx]['func'](expr) 6710 */ 6711 int 6712 handle_subscript( 6713 char_u **arg, 6714 typval_T *rettv, 6715 int evaluate, /* do more than finding the end */ 6716 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 6717 { 6718 int ret = OK; 6719 dict_T *selfdict = NULL; 6720 char_u *s; 6721 int len; 6722 typval_T functv; 6723 6724 while (ret == OK 6725 && (**arg == '[' 6726 || (**arg == '.' && rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6727 || (**arg == '(' && (!evaluate || rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6728 || rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL))) 6729 && !VIM_ISWHITE(*(*arg - 1))) 6730 { 6731 if (**arg == '(') 6732 { 6733 partial_T *pt = NULL; 6734 6735 /* need to copy the funcref so that we can clear rettv */ 6736 if (evaluate) 6737 { 6738 functv = *rettv; 6739 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 6740 6741 /* Invoke the function. Recursive! */ 6742 if (functv.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 6743 { 6744 pt = functv.vval.v_partial; 6745 s = partial_name(pt); 6746 } 6747 else 6748 s = functv.vval.v_string; 6749 } 6750 else 6751 s = (char_u *)""; 6752 ret = get_func_tv(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, arg, 6753 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 6754 &len, evaluate, pt, selfdict); 6755 6756 /* Clear the funcref afterwards, so that deleting it while 6757 * evaluating the arguments is possible (see test55). */ 6758 if (evaluate) 6759 clear_tv(&functv); 6760 6761 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately aborting on 6762 * error, or when an interrupt occurred or an exception was thrown 6763 * but not caught. */ 6764 if (aborting()) 6765 { 6766 if (ret == OK) 6767 clear_tv(rettv); 6768 ret = FAIL; 6769 } 6770 dict_unref(selfdict); 6771 selfdict = NULL; 6772 } 6773 else /* **arg == '[' || **arg == '.' */ 6774 { 6775 dict_unref(selfdict); 6776 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6777 { 6778 selfdict = rettv->vval.v_dict; 6779 if (selfdict != NULL) 6780 ++selfdict->dv_refcount; 6781 } 6782 else 6783 selfdict = NULL; 6784 if (eval_index(arg, rettv, evaluate, verbose) == FAIL) 6785 { 6786 clear_tv(rettv); 6787 ret = FAIL; 6788 } 6789 } 6790 } 6791 6792 /* Turn "dict.Func" into a partial for "Func" bound to "dict". 6793 * Don't do this when "Func" is already a partial that was bound 6794 * explicitly (pt_auto is FALSE). */ 6795 if (selfdict != NULL 6796 && (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6797 || (rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 6798 && (rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_auto 6799 || rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_dict == NULL)))) 6800 selfdict = make_partial(selfdict, rettv); 6801 6802 dict_unref(selfdict); 6803 return ret; 6804 } 6805 6806 /* 6807 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and make it empty (0 or NULL 6808 * value). 6809 */ 6810 typval_T * 6811 alloc_tv(void) 6812 { 6813 return (typval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(typval_T)); 6814 } 6815 6816 /* 6817 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and assign a string to it. 6818 * The string "s" must have been allocated, it is consumed. 6819 * Return NULL for out of memory, the variable otherwise. 6820 */ 6821 static typval_T * 6822 alloc_string_tv(char_u *s) 6823 { 6824 typval_T *rettv; 6825 6826 rettv = alloc_tv(); 6827 if (rettv != NULL) 6828 { 6829 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 6830 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 6831 } 6832 else 6833 vim_free(s); 6834 return rettv; 6835 } 6836 6837 /* 6838 * Free the memory for a variable type-value. 6839 */ 6840 void 6841 free_tv(typval_T *varp) 6842 { 6843 if (varp != NULL) 6844 { 6845 switch (varp->v_type) 6846 { 6847 case VAR_FUNC: 6848 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 6849 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 6850 case VAR_STRING: 6851 vim_free(varp->vval.v_string); 6852 break; 6853 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6854 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 6855 break; 6856 case VAR_LIST: 6857 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 6858 break; 6859 case VAR_DICT: 6860 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 6861 break; 6862 case VAR_JOB: 6863 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6864 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 6865 break; 6866 #endif 6867 case VAR_CHANNEL: 6868 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6869 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 6870 break; 6871 #endif 6872 case VAR_NUMBER: 6873 case VAR_FLOAT: 6874 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 6875 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6876 break; 6877 } 6878 vim_free(varp); 6879 } 6880 } 6881 6882 /* 6883 * Free the memory for a variable value and set the value to NULL or 0. 6884 */ 6885 void 6886 clear_tv(typval_T *varp) 6887 { 6888 if (varp != NULL) 6889 { 6890 switch (varp->v_type) 6891 { 6892 case VAR_FUNC: 6893 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 6894 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 6895 case VAR_STRING: 6896 VIM_CLEAR(varp->vval.v_string); 6897 break; 6898 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6899 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 6900 varp->vval.v_partial = NULL; 6901 break; 6902 case VAR_LIST: 6903 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 6904 varp->vval.v_list = NULL; 6905 break; 6906 case VAR_DICT: 6907 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 6908 varp->vval.v_dict = NULL; 6909 break; 6910 case VAR_NUMBER: 6911 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6912 varp->vval.v_number = 0; 6913 break; 6914 case VAR_FLOAT: 6915 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 6916 varp->vval.v_float = 0.0; 6917 break; 6918 #endif 6919 case VAR_JOB: 6920 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6921 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 6922 varp->vval.v_job = NULL; 6923 #endif 6924 break; 6925 case VAR_CHANNEL: 6926 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6927 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 6928 varp->vval.v_channel = NULL; 6929 #endif 6930 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 6931 break; 6932 } 6933 varp->v_lock = 0; 6934 } 6935 } 6936 6937 /* 6938 * Set the value of a variable to NULL without freeing items. 6939 */ 6940 void 6941 init_tv(typval_T *varp) 6942 { 6943 if (varp != NULL) 6944 vim_memset(varp, 0, sizeof(typval_T)); 6945 } 6946 6947 /* 6948 * Get the number value of a variable. 6949 * If it is a String variable, uses vim_str2nr(). 6950 * For incompatible types, return 0. 6951 * get_tv_number_chk() is similar to get_tv_number(), but informs the 6952 * caller of incompatible types: it sets *denote to TRUE if "denote" 6953 * is not NULL or returns -1 otherwise. 6954 */ 6955 varnumber_T 6956 get_tv_number(typval_T *varp) 6957 { 6958 int error = FALSE; 6959 6960 return get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); /* return 0L on error */ 6961 } 6962 6963 varnumber_T 6964 get_tv_number_chk(typval_T *varp, int *denote) 6965 { 6966 varnumber_T n = 0L; 6967 6968 switch (varp->v_type) 6969 { 6970 case VAR_NUMBER: 6971 return varp->vval.v_number; 6972 case VAR_FLOAT: 6973 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 6974 EMSG(_("E805: Using a Float as a Number")); 6975 break; 6976 #endif 6977 case VAR_FUNC: 6978 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6979 EMSG(_("E703: Using a Funcref as a Number")); 6980 break; 6981 case VAR_STRING: 6982 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 6983 vim_str2nr(varp->vval.v_string, NULL, NULL, 6984 STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 6985 return n; 6986 case VAR_LIST: 6987 EMSG(_("E745: Using a List as a Number")); 6988 break; 6989 case VAR_DICT: 6990 EMSG(_("E728: Using a Dictionary as a Number")); 6991 break; 6992 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6993 return varp->vval.v_number == VVAL_TRUE ? 1 : 0; 6994 break; 6995 case VAR_JOB: 6996 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6997 EMSG(_("E910: Using a Job as a Number")); 6998 break; 6999 #endif 7000 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7001 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7002 EMSG(_("E913: Using a Channel as a Number")); 7003 break; 7004 #endif 7005 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7006 internal_error("get_tv_number(UNKNOWN)"); 7007 break; 7008 } 7009 if (denote == NULL) /* useful for values that must be unsigned */ 7010 n = -1; 7011 else 7012 *denote = TRUE; 7013 return n; 7014 } 7015 7016 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7017 float_T 7018 get_tv_float(typval_T *varp) 7019 { 7020 switch (varp->v_type) 7021 { 7022 case VAR_NUMBER: 7023 return (float_T)(varp->vval.v_number); 7024 case VAR_FLOAT: 7025 return varp->vval.v_float; 7026 case VAR_FUNC: 7027 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7028 EMSG(_("E891: Using a Funcref as a Float")); 7029 break; 7030 case VAR_STRING: 7031 EMSG(_("E892: Using a String as a Float")); 7032 break; 7033 case VAR_LIST: 7034 EMSG(_("E893: Using a List as a Float")); 7035 break; 7036 case VAR_DICT: 7037 EMSG(_("E894: Using a Dictionary as a Float")); 7038 break; 7039 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7040 EMSG(_("E907: Using a special value as a Float")); 7041 break; 7042 case VAR_JOB: 7043 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7044 EMSG(_("E911: Using a Job as a Float")); 7045 break; 7046 # endif 7047 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7048 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7049 EMSG(_("E914: Using a Channel as a Float")); 7050 break; 7051 # endif 7052 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7053 internal_error("get_tv_float(UNKNOWN)"); 7054 break; 7055 } 7056 return 0; 7057 } 7058 #endif 7059 7060 /* 7061 * Get the string value of a variable. 7062 * If it is a Number variable, the number is converted into a string. 7063 * get_tv_string() uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7064 * get_tv_string_buf() uses a given buffer. 7065 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 7066 * Never returns NULL; 7067 * get_tv_string_chk() and get_tv_string_buf_chk() are similar, but return 7068 * NULL on error. 7069 */ 7070 char_u * 7071 get_tv_string(typval_T *varp) 7072 { 7073 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7074 7075 return get_tv_string_buf(varp, mybuf); 7076 } 7077 7078 char_u * 7079 get_tv_string_buf(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7080 { 7081 char_u *res = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, buf); 7082 7083 return res != NULL ? res : (char_u *)""; 7084 } 7085 7086 /* 7087 * Careful: This uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7088 */ 7089 char_u * 7090 get_tv_string_chk(typval_T *varp) 7091 { 7092 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7093 7094 return get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, mybuf); 7095 } 7096 7097 char_u * 7098 get_tv_string_buf_chk(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7099 { 7100 switch (varp->v_type) 7101 { 7102 case VAR_NUMBER: 7103 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "%lld", 7104 (long long)varp->vval.v_number); 7105 return buf; 7106 case VAR_FUNC: 7107 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7108 EMSG(_("E729: using Funcref as a String")); 7109 break; 7110 case VAR_LIST: 7111 EMSG(_("E730: using List as a String")); 7112 break; 7113 case VAR_DICT: 7114 EMSG(_("E731: using Dictionary as a String")); 7115 break; 7116 case VAR_FLOAT: 7117 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7118 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 7119 break; 7120 #endif 7121 case VAR_STRING: 7122 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7123 return varp->vval.v_string; 7124 return (char_u *)""; 7125 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7126 STRCPY(buf, get_var_special_name(varp->vval.v_number)); 7127 return buf; 7128 case VAR_JOB: 7129 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7130 { 7131 job_T *job = varp->vval.v_job; 7132 char *status; 7133 7134 if (job == NULL) 7135 return (char_u *)"no process"; 7136 status = job->jv_status == JOB_FAILED ? "fail" 7137 : job->jv_status >= JOB_ENDED ? "dead" 7138 : "run"; 7139 # ifdef UNIX 7140 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7141 "process %ld %s", (long)job->jv_pid, status); 7142 # elif defined(WIN32) 7143 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7144 "process %ld %s", 7145 (long)job->jv_proc_info.dwProcessId, 7146 status); 7147 # else 7148 /* fall-back */ 7149 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "process ? %s", status); 7150 # endif 7151 return buf; 7152 } 7153 #endif 7154 break; 7155 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7156 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7157 { 7158 channel_T *channel = varp->vval.v_channel; 7159 char *status = channel_status(channel, -1); 7160 7161 if (channel == NULL) 7162 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "channel %s", status); 7163 else 7164 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7165 "channel %d %s", channel->ch_id, status); 7166 return buf; 7167 } 7168 #endif 7169 break; 7170 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7171 EMSG(_("E908: using an invalid value as a String")); 7172 break; 7173 } 7174 return NULL; 7175 } 7176 7177 /* 7178 * Find variable "name" in the list of variables. 7179 * Return a pointer to it if found, NULL if not found. 7180 * Careful: "a:0" variables don't have a name. 7181 * When "htp" is not NULL we are writing to the variable, set "htp" to the 7182 * hashtab_T used. 7183 */ 7184 dictitem_T * 7185 find_var(char_u *name, hashtab_T **htp, int no_autoload) 7186 { 7187 char_u *varname; 7188 hashtab_T *ht; 7189 dictitem_T *ret = NULL; 7190 7191 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7192 if (htp != NULL) 7193 *htp = ht; 7194 if (ht == NULL) 7195 return NULL; 7196 ret = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, varname, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7197 if (ret != NULL) 7198 return ret; 7199 7200 /* Search in parent scope for lambda */ 7201 return find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7202 } 7203 7204 /* 7205 * Find variable "varname" in hashtab "ht" with name "htname". 7206 * Returns NULL if not found. 7207 */ 7208 dictitem_T * 7209 find_var_in_ht( 7210 hashtab_T *ht, 7211 int htname, 7212 char_u *varname, 7213 int no_autoload) 7214 { 7215 hashitem_T *hi; 7216 7217 if (*varname == NUL) 7218 { 7219 /* Must be something like "s:", otherwise "ht" would be NULL. */ 7220 switch (htname) 7221 { 7222 case 's': return &SCRIPT_SV(current_SID)->sv_var; 7223 case 'g': return &globvars_var; 7224 case 'v': return &vimvars_var; 7225 case 'b': return &curbuf->b_bufvar; 7226 case 'w': return &curwin->w_winvar; 7227 case 't': return &curtab->tp_winvar; 7228 case 'l': return get_funccal_local_var(); 7229 case 'a': return get_funccal_args_var(); 7230 } 7231 return NULL; 7232 } 7233 7234 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7235 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7236 { 7237 /* For global variables we may try auto-loading the script. If it 7238 * worked find the variable again. Don't auto-load a script if it was 7239 * loaded already, otherwise it would be loaded every time when 7240 * checking if a function name is a Funcref variable. */ 7241 if (ht == &globvarht && !no_autoload) 7242 { 7243 /* Note: script_autoload() may make "hi" invalid. It must either 7244 * be obtained again or not used. */ 7245 if (!script_autoload(varname, FALSE) || aborting()) 7246 return NULL; 7247 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7248 } 7249 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7250 return NULL; 7251 } 7252 return HI2DI(hi); 7253 } 7254 7255 /* 7256 * Find the hashtab used for a variable name. 7257 * Return NULL if the name is not valid. 7258 * Set "varname" to the start of name without ':'. 7259 */ 7260 hashtab_T * 7261 find_var_ht(char_u *name, char_u **varname) 7262 { 7263 hashitem_T *hi; 7264 hashtab_T *ht; 7265 7266 if (name[0] == NUL) 7267 return NULL; 7268 if (name[1] != ':') 7269 { 7270 /* The name must not start with a colon or #. */ 7271 if (name[0] == ':' || name[0] == AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7272 return NULL; 7273 *varname = name; 7274 7275 /* "version" is "v:version" in all scopes */ 7276 hi = hash_find(&compat_hashtab, name); 7277 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7278 return &compat_hashtab; 7279 7280 ht = get_funccal_local_ht(); 7281 if (ht == NULL) 7282 return &globvarht; /* global variable */ 7283 return ht; /* local variable */ 7284 } 7285 *varname = name + 2; 7286 if (*name == 'g') /* global variable */ 7287 return &globvarht; 7288 /* There must be no ':' or '#' in the rest of the name, unless g: is used 7289 */ 7290 if (vim_strchr(name + 2, ':') != NULL 7291 || vim_strchr(name + 2, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) != NULL) 7292 return NULL; 7293 if (*name == 'b') /* buffer variable */ 7294 return &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 7295 if (*name == 'w') /* window variable */ 7296 return &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 7297 if (*name == 't') /* tab page variable */ 7298 return &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 7299 if (*name == 'v') /* v: variable */ 7300 return &vimvarht; 7301 if (*name == 'a') /* a: function argument */ 7302 return get_funccal_args_ht(); 7303 if (*name == 'l') /* l: local function variable */ 7304 return get_funccal_local_ht(); 7305 if (*name == 's' /* script variable */ 7306 && current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 7307 return &SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID); 7308 return NULL; 7309 } 7310 7311 /* 7312 * Get the string value of a (global/local) variable. 7313 * Note: see get_tv_string() for how long the pointer remains valid. 7314 * Returns NULL when it doesn't exist. 7315 */ 7316 char_u * 7317 get_var_value(char_u *name) 7318 { 7319 dictitem_T *v; 7320 7321 v = find_var(name, NULL, FALSE); 7322 if (v == NULL) 7323 return NULL; 7324 return get_tv_string(&v->di_tv); 7325 } 7326 7327 /* 7328 * Allocate a new hashtab for a sourced script. It will be used while 7329 * sourcing this script and when executing functions defined in the script. 7330 */ 7331 void 7332 new_script_vars(scid_T id) 7333 { 7334 int i; 7335 hashtab_T *ht; 7336 scriptvar_T *sv; 7337 7338 if (ga_grow(&ga_scripts, (int)(id - ga_scripts.ga_len)) == OK) 7339 { 7340 /* Re-allocating ga_data means that an ht_array pointing to 7341 * ht_smallarray becomes invalid. We can recognize this: ht_mask is 7342 * at its init value. Also reset "v_dict", it's always the same. */ 7343 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 7344 { 7345 ht = &SCRIPT_VARS(i); 7346 if (ht->ht_mask == HT_INIT_SIZE - 1) 7347 ht->ht_array = ht->ht_smallarray; 7348 sv = SCRIPT_SV(i); 7349 sv->sv_var.di_tv.vval.v_dict = &sv->sv_dict; 7350 } 7351 7352 while (ga_scripts.ga_len < id) 7353 { 7354 sv = SCRIPT_SV(ga_scripts.ga_len + 1) = 7355 (scriptvar_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(scriptvar_T)); 7356 init_var_dict(&sv->sv_dict, &sv->sv_var, VAR_SCOPE); 7357 ++ga_scripts.ga_len; 7358 } 7359 } 7360 } 7361 7362 /* 7363 * Initialize dictionary "dict" as a scope and set variable "dict_var" to 7364 * point to it. 7365 */ 7366 void 7367 init_var_dict(dict_T *dict, dictitem_T *dict_var, int scope) 7368 { 7369 hash_init(&dict->dv_hashtab); 7370 dict->dv_lock = 0; 7371 dict->dv_scope = scope; 7372 dict->dv_refcount = DO_NOT_FREE_CNT; 7373 dict->dv_copyID = 0; 7374 dict_var->di_tv.vval.v_dict = dict; 7375 dict_var->di_tv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 7376 dict_var->di_tv.v_lock = VAR_FIXED; 7377 dict_var->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 7378 dict_var->di_key[0] = NUL; 7379 } 7380 7381 /* 7382 * Unreference a dictionary initialized by init_var_dict(). 7383 */ 7384 void 7385 unref_var_dict(dict_T *dict) 7386 { 7387 /* Now the dict needs to be freed if no one else is using it, go back to 7388 * normal reference counting. */ 7389 dict->dv_refcount -= DO_NOT_FREE_CNT - 1; 7390 dict_unref(dict); 7391 } 7392 7393 /* 7394 * Clean up a list of internal variables. 7395 * Frees all allocated variables and the value they contain. 7396 * Clears hashtab "ht", does not free it. 7397 */ 7398 void 7399 vars_clear(hashtab_T *ht) 7400 { 7401 vars_clear_ext(ht, TRUE); 7402 } 7403 7404 /* 7405 * Like vars_clear(), but only free the value if "free_val" is TRUE. 7406 */ 7407 void 7408 vars_clear_ext(hashtab_T *ht, int free_val) 7409 { 7410 int todo; 7411 hashitem_T *hi; 7412 dictitem_T *v; 7413 7414 hash_lock(ht); 7415 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 7416 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 7417 { 7418 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7419 { 7420 --todo; 7421 7422 /* Free the variable. Don't remove it from the hashtab, 7423 * ht_array might change then. hash_clear() takes care of it 7424 * later. */ 7425 v = HI2DI(hi); 7426 if (free_val) 7427 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7428 if (v->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_ALLOC) 7429 vim_free(v); 7430 } 7431 } 7432 hash_clear(ht); 7433 ht->ht_used = 0; 7434 } 7435 7436 /* 7437 * Delete a variable from hashtab "ht" at item "hi". 7438 * Clear the variable value and free the dictitem. 7439 */ 7440 static void 7441 delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi) 7442 { 7443 dictitem_T *di = HI2DI(hi); 7444 7445 hash_remove(ht, hi); 7446 clear_tv(&di->di_tv); 7447 vim_free(di); 7448 } 7449 7450 /* 7451 * List the value of one internal variable. 7452 */ 7453 static void 7454 list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first) 7455 { 7456 char_u *tofree; 7457 char_u *s; 7458 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7459 7460 s = echo_string(&v->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 7461 list_one_var_a(prefix, v->di_key, v->di_tv.v_type, 7462 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, first); 7463 vim_free(tofree); 7464 } 7465 7466 static void 7467 list_one_var_a( 7468 char_u *prefix, 7469 char_u *name, 7470 int type, 7471 char_u *string, 7472 int *first) /* when TRUE clear rest of screen and set to FALSE */ 7473 { 7474 /* don't use msg() or msg_attr() to avoid overwriting "v:statusmsg" */ 7475 msg_start(); 7476 msg_puts(prefix); 7477 if (name != NULL) /* "a:" vars don't have a name stored */ 7478 msg_puts(name); 7479 msg_putchar(' '); 7480 msg_advance(22); 7481 if (type == VAR_NUMBER) 7482 msg_putchar('#'); 7483 else if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7484 msg_putchar('*'); 7485 else if (type == VAR_LIST) 7486 { 7487 msg_putchar('['); 7488 if (*string == '[') 7489 ++string; 7490 } 7491 else if (type == VAR_DICT) 7492 { 7493 msg_putchar('{'); 7494 if (*string == '{') 7495 ++string; 7496 } 7497 else 7498 msg_putchar(' '); 7499 7500 msg_outtrans(string); 7501 7502 if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7503 msg_puts((char_u *)"()"); 7504 if (*first) 7505 { 7506 msg_clr_eos(); 7507 *first = FALSE; 7508 } 7509 } 7510 7511 /* 7512 * Set variable "name" to value in "tv". 7513 * If the variable already exists, the value is updated. 7514 * Otherwise the variable is created. 7515 */ 7516 void 7517 set_var( 7518 char_u *name, 7519 typval_T *tv, 7520 int copy) /* make copy of value in "tv" */ 7521 { 7522 dictitem_T *v; 7523 char_u *varname; 7524 hashtab_T *ht; 7525 7526 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7527 if (ht == NULL || *varname == NUL) 7528 { 7529 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7530 return; 7531 } 7532 v = find_var_in_ht(ht, 0, varname, TRUE); 7533 7534 /* Search in parent scope which is possible to reference from lambda */ 7535 if (v == NULL) 7536 v = find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, TRUE); 7537 7538 if ((tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC || tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7539 && var_check_func_name(name, v == NULL)) 7540 return; 7541 7542 if (v != NULL) 7543 { 7544 /* existing variable, need to clear the value */ 7545 if (var_check_ro(v->di_flags, name, FALSE) 7546 || tv_check_lock(v->di_tv.v_lock, name, FALSE)) 7547 return; 7548 7549 /* 7550 * Handle setting internal v: variables separately where needed to 7551 * prevent changing the type. 7552 */ 7553 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7554 { 7555 if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 7556 { 7557 vim_free(v->di_tv.vval.v_string); 7558 if (copy || tv->v_type != VAR_STRING) 7559 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(tv)); 7560 else 7561 { 7562 /* Take over the string to avoid an extra alloc/free. */ 7563 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = tv->vval.v_string; 7564 tv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7565 } 7566 return; 7567 } 7568 else if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 7569 { 7570 v->di_tv.vval.v_number = get_tv_number(tv); 7571 if (STRCMP(varname, "searchforward") == 0) 7572 set_search_direction(v->di_tv.vval.v_number ? '/' : '?'); 7573 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7574 else if (STRCMP(varname, "hlsearch") == 0) 7575 { 7576 no_hlsearch = !v->di_tv.vval.v_number; 7577 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID); 7578 } 7579 #endif 7580 return; 7581 } 7582 else if (v->di_tv.v_type != tv->v_type) 7583 internal_error("set_var()"); 7584 } 7585 7586 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7587 } 7588 else /* add a new variable */ 7589 { 7590 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 7591 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7592 { 7593 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7594 return; 7595 } 7596 7597 /* Make sure the variable name is valid. */ 7598 if (!valid_varname(varname)) 7599 return; 7600 7601 v = (dictitem_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(dictitem_T) 7602 + STRLEN(varname))); 7603 if (v == NULL) 7604 return; 7605 STRCPY(v->di_key, varname); 7606 if (hash_add(ht, DI2HIKEY(v)) == FAIL) 7607 { 7608 vim_free(v); 7609 return; 7610 } 7611 v->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_ALLOC; 7612 } 7613 7614 if (copy || tv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || tv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 7615 copy_tv(tv, &v->di_tv); 7616 else 7617 { 7618 v->di_tv = *tv; 7619 v->di_tv.v_lock = 0; 7620 init_tv(tv); 7621 } 7622 } 7623 7624 /* 7625 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is read-only. 7626 * Also give an error message. 7627 */ 7628 int 7629 var_check_ro(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7630 { 7631 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_RO) 7632 { 7633 EMSG2(_(e_readonlyvar), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7634 return TRUE; 7635 } 7636 if ((flags & DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX) && sandbox) 7637 { 7638 EMSG2(_(e_readonlysbx), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7639 return TRUE; 7640 } 7641 return FALSE; 7642 } 7643 7644 /* 7645 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is fixed. 7646 * Also give an error message. 7647 */ 7648 int 7649 var_check_fixed(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7650 { 7651 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 7652 { 7653 EMSG2(_("E795: Cannot delete variable %s"), 7654 use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7655 return TRUE; 7656 } 7657 return FALSE; 7658 } 7659 7660 /* 7661 * Check if a funcref is assigned to a valid variable name. 7662 * Return TRUE and give an error if not. 7663 */ 7664 int 7665 var_check_func_name( 7666 char_u *name, /* points to start of variable name */ 7667 int new_var) /* TRUE when creating the variable */ 7668 { 7669 /* Allow for w: b: s: and t:. */ 7670 if (!(vim_strchr((char_u *)"wbst", name[0]) != NULL && name[1] == ':') 7671 && !ASCII_ISUPPER((name[0] != NUL && name[1] == ':') 7672 ? name[2] : name[0])) 7673 { 7674 EMSG2(_("E704: Funcref variable name must start with a capital: %s"), 7675 name); 7676 return TRUE; 7677 } 7678 /* Don't allow hiding a function. When "v" is not NULL we might be 7679 * assigning another function to the same var, the type is checked 7680 * below. */ 7681 if (new_var && function_exists(name, FALSE)) 7682 { 7683 EMSG2(_("E705: Variable name conflicts with existing function: %s"), 7684 name); 7685 return TRUE; 7686 } 7687 return FALSE; 7688 } 7689 7690 /* 7691 * Check if a variable name is valid. 7692 * Return FALSE and give an error if not. 7693 */ 7694 int 7695 valid_varname(char_u *varname) 7696 { 7697 char_u *p; 7698 7699 for (p = varname; *p != NUL; ++p) 7700 if (!eval_isnamec1(*p) && (p == varname || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) 7701 && *p != AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7702 { 7703 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), varname); 7704 return FALSE; 7705 } 7706 return TRUE; 7707 } 7708 7709 /* 7710 * Return TRUE if typeval "tv" is set to be locked (immutable). 7711 * Also give an error message, using "name" or _("name") when use_gettext is 7712 * TRUE. 7713 */ 7714 int 7715 tv_check_lock(int lock, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7716 { 7717 if (lock & VAR_LOCKED) 7718 { 7719 EMSG2(_("E741: Value is locked: %s"), 7720 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7721 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7722 : name); 7723 return TRUE; 7724 } 7725 if (lock & VAR_FIXED) 7726 { 7727 EMSG2(_("E742: Cannot change value of %s"), 7728 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7729 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7730 : name); 7731 return TRUE; 7732 } 7733 return FALSE; 7734 } 7735 7736 /* 7737 * Copy the values from typval_T "from" to typval_T "to". 7738 * When needed allocates string or increases reference count. 7739 * Does not make a copy of a list or dict but copies the reference! 7740 * It is OK for "from" and "to" to point to the same item. This is used to 7741 * make a copy later. 7742 */ 7743 void 7744 copy_tv(typval_T *from, typval_T *to) 7745 { 7746 to->v_type = from->v_type; 7747 to->v_lock = 0; 7748 switch (from->v_type) 7749 { 7750 case VAR_NUMBER: 7751 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7752 to->vval.v_number = from->vval.v_number; 7753 break; 7754 case VAR_FLOAT: 7755 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7756 to->vval.v_float = from->vval.v_float; 7757 break; 7758 #endif 7759 case VAR_JOB: 7760 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7761 to->vval.v_job = from->vval.v_job; 7762 if (to->vval.v_job != NULL) 7763 ++to->vval.v_job->jv_refcount; 7764 break; 7765 #endif 7766 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7767 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7768 to->vval.v_channel = from->vval.v_channel; 7769 if (to->vval.v_channel != NULL) 7770 ++to->vval.v_channel->ch_refcount; 7771 break; 7772 #endif 7773 case VAR_STRING: 7774 case VAR_FUNC: 7775 if (from->vval.v_string == NULL) 7776 to->vval.v_string = NULL; 7777 else 7778 { 7779 to->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(from->vval.v_string); 7780 if (from->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 7781 func_ref(to->vval.v_string); 7782 } 7783 break; 7784 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7785 if (from->vval.v_partial == NULL) 7786 to->vval.v_partial = NULL; 7787 else 7788 { 7789 to->vval.v_partial = from->vval.v_partial; 7790 ++to->vval.v_partial->pt_refcount; 7791 } 7792 break; 7793 case VAR_LIST: 7794 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 7795 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 7796 else 7797 { 7798 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list; 7799 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 7800 } 7801 break; 7802 case VAR_DICT: 7803 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7804 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7805 else 7806 { 7807 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict; 7808 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 7809 } 7810 break; 7811 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7812 internal_error("copy_tv(UNKNOWN)"); 7813 break; 7814 } 7815 } 7816 7817 /* 7818 * Make a copy of an item. 7819 * Lists and Dictionaries are also copied. A deep copy if "deep" is set. 7820 * For deepcopy() "copyID" is zero for a full copy or the ID for when a 7821 * reference to an already copied list/dict can be used. 7822 * Returns FAIL or OK. 7823 */ 7824 int 7825 item_copy( 7826 typval_T *from, 7827 typval_T *to, 7828 int deep, 7829 int copyID) 7830 { 7831 static int recurse = 0; 7832 int ret = OK; 7833 7834 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 7835 { 7836 EMSG(_("E698: variable nested too deep for making a copy")); 7837 return FAIL; 7838 } 7839 ++recurse; 7840 7841 switch (from->v_type) 7842 { 7843 case VAR_NUMBER: 7844 case VAR_FLOAT: 7845 case VAR_STRING: 7846 case VAR_FUNC: 7847 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7848 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7849 case VAR_JOB: 7850 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7851 copy_tv(from, to); 7852 break; 7853 case VAR_LIST: 7854 to->v_type = VAR_LIST; 7855 to->v_lock = 0; 7856 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 7857 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 7858 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID) 7859 { 7860 /* use the copy made earlier */ 7861 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list->lv_copylist; 7862 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 7863 } 7864 else 7865 to->vval.v_list = list_copy(from->vval.v_list, deep, copyID); 7866 if (to->vval.v_list == NULL) 7867 ret = FAIL; 7868 break; 7869 case VAR_DICT: 7870 to->v_type = VAR_DICT; 7871 to->v_lock = 0; 7872 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7873 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7874 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID) 7875 { 7876 /* use the copy made earlier */ 7877 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict->dv_copydict; 7878 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 7879 } 7880 else 7881 to->vval.v_dict = dict_copy(from->vval.v_dict, deep, copyID); 7882 if (to->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7883 ret = FAIL; 7884 break; 7885 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7886 internal_error("item_copy(UNKNOWN)"); 7887 ret = FAIL; 7888 } 7889 --recurse; 7890 return ret; 7891 } 7892 7893 /* 7894 * This function is used by f_input() and f_inputdialog() functions. The third 7895 * argument to f_input() specifies the type of completion to use at the 7896 * prompt. The third argument to f_inputdialog() specifies the value to return 7897 * when the user cancels the prompt. 7898 */ 7899 void 7900 get_user_input( 7901 typval_T *argvars, 7902 typval_T *rettv, 7903 int inputdialog, 7904 int secret) 7905 { 7906 char_u *prompt = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 7907 char_u *p = NULL; 7908 int c; 7909 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7910 int cmd_silent_save = cmd_silent; 7911 char_u *defstr = (char_u *)""; 7912 int xp_type = EXPAND_NOTHING; 7913 char_u *xp_arg = NULL; 7914 7915 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 7916 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7917 7918 #ifdef NO_CONSOLE_INPUT 7919 /* While starting up, there is no place to enter text. When running tests 7920 * with --not-a-term we assume feedkeys() will be used. */ 7921 if (no_console_input() && !is_not_a_term()) 7922 return; 7923 #endif 7924 7925 cmd_silent = FALSE; /* Want to see the prompt. */ 7926 if (prompt != NULL) 7927 { 7928 /* Only the part of the message after the last NL is considered as 7929 * prompt for the command line */ 7930 p = vim_strrchr(prompt, '\n'); 7931 if (p == NULL) 7932 p = prompt; 7933 else 7934 { 7935 ++p; 7936 c = *p; 7937 *p = NUL; 7938 msg_start(); 7939 msg_clr_eos(); 7940 msg_puts_attr(prompt, echo_attr); 7941 msg_didout = FALSE; 7942 msg_starthere(); 7943 *p = c; 7944 } 7945 cmdline_row = msg_row; 7946 7947 if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7948 { 7949 defstr = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 7950 if (defstr != NULL) 7951 stuffReadbuffSpec(defstr); 7952 7953 if (!inputdialog && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7954 { 7955 char_u *xp_name; 7956 int xp_namelen; 7957 long argt; 7958 7959 /* input() with a third argument: completion */ 7960 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7961 7962 xp_name = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[2], buf); 7963 if (xp_name == NULL) 7964 return; 7965 7966 xp_namelen = (int)STRLEN(xp_name); 7967 7968 if (parse_compl_arg(xp_name, xp_namelen, &xp_type, &argt, 7969 &xp_arg) == FAIL) 7970 return; 7971 } 7972 } 7973 7974 if (defstr != NULL) 7975 { 7976 int save_ex_normal_busy = ex_normal_busy; 7977 ex_normal_busy = 0; 7978 rettv->vval.v_string = 7979 getcmdline_prompt(secret ? NUL : '@', p, echo_attr, 7980 xp_type, xp_arg); 7981 ex_normal_busy = save_ex_normal_busy; 7982 } 7983 if (inputdialog && rettv->vval.v_string == NULL 7984 && argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN 7985 && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7986 rettv->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string_buf( 7987 &argvars[2], buf)); 7988 7989 vim_free(xp_arg); 7990 7991 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */ 7992 need_wait_return = FALSE; 7993 msg_didout = FALSE; 7994 } 7995 cmd_silent = cmd_silent_save; 7996 } 7997 7998 /* 7999 * ":echo expr1 ..." print each argument separated with a space, add a 8000 * newline at the end. 8001 * ":echon expr1 ..." print each argument plain. 8002 */ 8003 void 8004 ex_echo(exarg_T *eap) 8005 { 8006 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8007 typval_T rettv; 8008 char_u *tofree; 8009 char_u *p; 8010 int needclr = TRUE; 8011 int atstart = TRUE; 8012 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8013 8014 if (eap->skip) 8015 ++emsg_skip; 8016 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n' && !got_int) 8017 { 8018 /* If eval1() causes an error message the text from the command may 8019 * still need to be cleared. E.g., "echo 22,44". */ 8020 need_clr_eos = needclr; 8021 8022 p = arg; 8023 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8024 { 8025 /* 8026 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8027 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8028 * exception. 8029 */ 8030 if (!aborting()) 8031 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8032 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8033 break; 8034 } 8035 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8036 8037 if (!eap->skip) 8038 { 8039 if (atstart) 8040 { 8041 atstart = FALSE; 8042 /* Call msg_start() after eval1(), evaluating the expression 8043 * may cause a message to appear. */ 8044 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8045 { 8046 /* Mark the saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8047 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back 8048 * at the more prompt. */ 8049 msg_sb_eol(); 8050 msg_start(); 8051 } 8052 } 8053 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8054 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)" ", echo_attr); 8055 p = echo_string(&rettv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 8056 if (p != NULL) 8057 for ( ; *p != NUL && !got_int; ++p) 8058 { 8059 if (*p == '\n' || *p == '\r' || *p == TAB) 8060 { 8061 if (*p != TAB && needclr) 8062 { 8063 /* remove any text still there from the command */ 8064 msg_clr_eos(); 8065 needclr = FALSE; 8066 } 8067 msg_putchar_attr(*p, echo_attr); 8068 } 8069 else 8070 { 8071 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8072 if (has_mbyte) 8073 { 8074 int i = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 8075 8076 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, i, echo_attr); 8077 p += i - 1; 8078 } 8079 else 8080 #endif 8081 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, 1, echo_attr); 8082 } 8083 } 8084 vim_free(tofree); 8085 } 8086 clear_tv(&rettv); 8087 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8088 } 8089 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8090 8091 if (eap->skip) 8092 --emsg_skip; 8093 else 8094 { 8095 /* remove text that may still be there from the command */ 8096 if (needclr) 8097 msg_clr_eos(); 8098 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8099 msg_end(); 8100 } 8101 } 8102 8103 /* 8104 * ":echohl {name}". 8105 */ 8106 void 8107 ex_echohl(exarg_T *eap) 8108 { 8109 echo_attr = syn_name2attr(eap->arg); 8110 } 8111 8112 /* 8113 * ":execute expr1 ..." execute the result of an expression. 8114 * ":echomsg expr1 ..." Print a message 8115 * ":echoerr expr1 ..." Print an error 8116 * Each gets spaces around each argument and a newline at the end for 8117 * echo commands 8118 */ 8119 void 8120 ex_execute(exarg_T *eap) 8121 { 8122 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8123 typval_T rettv; 8124 int ret = OK; 8125 char_u *p; 8126 garray_T ga; 8127 int len; 8128 int save_did_emsg; 8129 8130 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 80); 8131 8132 if (eap->skip) 8133 ++emsg_skip; 8134 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n') 8135 { 8136 p = arg; 8137 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8138 { 8139 /* 8140 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8141 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8142 * exception. 8143 */ 8144 if (!aborting()) 8145 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8146 ret = FAIL; 8147 break; 8148 } 8149 8150 if (!eap->skip) 8151 { 8152 p = get_tv_string(&rettv); 8153 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 8154 if (ga_grow(&ga, len + 2) == FAIL) 8155 { 8156 clear_tv(&rettv); 8157 ret = FAIL; 8158 break; 8159 } 8160 if (ga.ga_len) 8161 ((char_u *)(ga.ga_data))[ga.ga_len++] = ' '; 8162 STRCPY((char_u *)(ga.ga_data) + ga.ga_len, p); 8163 ga.ga_len += len; 8164 } 8165 8166 clear_tv(&rettv); 8167 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8168 } 8169 8170 if (ret != FAIL && ga.ga_data != NULL) 8171 { 8172 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg || eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8173 { 8174 /* Mark the already saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8175 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back at the 8176 * more prompt. */ 8177 msg_sb_eol(); 8178 } 8179 8180 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg) 8181 { 8182 MSG_ATTR(ga.ga_data, echo_attr); 8183 out_flush(); 8184 } 8185 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8186 { 8187 /* We don't want to abort following commands, restore did_emsg. */ 8188 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 8189 EMSG((char_u *)ga.ga_data); 8190 if (!force_abort) 8191 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 8192 } 8193 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_execute) 8194 do_cmdline((char_u *)ga.ga_data, 8195 eap->getline, eap->cookie, DOCMD_NOWAIT|DOCMD_VERBOSE); 8196 } 8197 8198 ga_clear(&ga); 8199 8200 if (eap->skip) 8201 --emsg_skip; 8202 8203 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8204 } 8205 8206 /* 8207 * Find window specified by "vp" in tabpage "tp". 8208 */ 8209 win_T * 8210 find_win_by_nr( 8211 typval_T *vp, 8212 tabpage_T *tp) /* NULL for current tab page */ 8213 { 8214 win_T *wp; 8215 int nr; 8216 8217 nr = (int)get_tv_number_chk(vp, NULL); 8218 8219 if (nr < 0) 8220 return NULL; 8221 if (nr == 0) 8222 return curwin; 8223 8224 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp) 8225 { 8226 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8227 { 8228 if (wp->w_id == nr) 8229 return wp; 8230 } 8231 else if (--nr <= 0) 8232 break; 8233 } 8234 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8235 return NULL; 8236 return wp; 8237 } 8238 8239 /* 8240 * Find window specified by "wvp" in tabpage "tvp". 8241 */ 8242 win_T * 8243 find_tabwin( 8244 typval_T *wvp, /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current window */ 8245 typval_T *tvp) /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current tab page */ 8246 { 8247 win_T *wp = NULL; 8248 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8249 long n; 8250 8251 if (wvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8252 { 8253 if (tvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8254 { 8255 n = (long)get_tv_number(tvp); 8256 if (n >= 0) 8257 tp = find_tabpage(n); 8258 } 8259 else 8260 tp = curtab; 8261 8262 if (tp != NULL) 8263 wp = find_win_by_nr(wvp, tp); 8264 } 8265 else 8266 wp = curwin; 8267 8268 return wp; 8269 } 8270 8271 /* 8272 * getwinvar() and gettabwinvar() 8273 */ 8274 void 8275 getwinvar( 8276 typval_T *argvars, 8277 typval_T *rettv, 8278 int off) /* 1 for gettabwinvar() */ 8279 { 8280 win_T *win; 8281 char_u *varname; 8282 dictitem_T *v; 8283 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8284 int done = FALSE; 8285 win_T *oldcurwin; 8286 tabpage_T *oldtabpage; 8287 int need_switch_win; 8288 8289 if (off == 1) 8290 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8291 else 8292 tp = curtab; 8293 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8294 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8295 ++emsg_off; 8296 8297 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8298 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8299 8300 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL) 8301 { 8302 /* Set curwin to be our win, temporarily. Also set the tabpage, 8303 * otherwise the window is not valid. Only do this when needed, 8304 * autocommands get blocked. */ 8305 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8306 if (!need_switch_win 8307 || switch_win(&oldcurwin, &oldtabpage, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8308 { 8309 if (*varname == '&') 8310 { 8311 if (varname[1] == NUL) 8312 { 8313 /* get all window-local options in a dict */ 8314 dict_T *opts = get_winbuf_options(FALSE); 8315 8316 if (opts != NULL) 8317 { 8318 rettv_dict_set(rettv, opts); 8319 done = TRUE; 8320 } 8321 } 8322 else if (get_option_tv(&varname, rettv, 1) == OK) 8323 /* window-local-option */ 8324 done = TRUE; 8325 } 8326 else 8327 { 8328 /* Look up the variable. */ 8329 /* Let getwinvar({nr}, "") return the "w:" dictionary. */ 8330 v = find_var_in_ht(&win->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 'w', 8331 varname, FALSE); 8332 if (v != NULL) 8333 { 8334 copy_tv(&v->di_tv, rettv); 8335 done = TRUE; 8336 } 8337 } 8338 } 8339 8340 if (need_switch_win) 8341 /* restore previous notion of curwin */ 8342 restore_win(oldcurwin, oldtabpage, TRUE); 8343 } 8344 8345 if (!done && argvars[off + 2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8346 /* use the default return value */ 8347 copy_tv(&argvars[off + 2], rettv); 8348 8349 --emsg_off; 8350 } 8351 8352 /* 8353 * "setwinvar()" and "settabwinvar()" functions 8354 */ 8355 void 8356 setwinvar(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv UNUSED, int off) 8357 { 8358 win_T *win; 8359 win_T *save_curwin; 8360 tabpage_T *save_curtab; 8361 int need_switch_win; 8362 char_u *varname, *winvarname; 8363 typval_T *varp; 8364 char_u nbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8365 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8366 8367 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 8368 return; 8369 8370 if (off == 1) 8371 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8372 else 8373 tp = curtab; 8374 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8375 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8376 varp = &argvars[off + 2]; 8377 8378 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL && varp != NULL) 8379 { 8380 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8381 if (!need_switch_win 8382 || switch_win(&save_curwin, &save_curtab, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8383 { 8384 if (*varname == '&') 8385 { 8386 long numval; 8387 char_u *strval; 8388 int error = FALSE; 8389 8390 ++varname; 8391 numval = (long)get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); 8392 strval = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, nbuf); 8393 if (!error && strval != NULL) 8394 set_option_value(varname, numval, strval, OPT_LOCAL); 8395 } 8396 else 8397 { 8398 winvarname = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(varname) + 3); 8399 if (winvarname != NULL) 8400 { 8401 STRCPY(winvarname, "w:"); 8402 STRCPY(winvarname + 2, varname); 8403 set_var(winvarname, varp, TRUE); 8404 vim_free(winvarname); 8405 } 8406 } 8407 } 8408 if (need_switch_win) 8409 restore_win(save_curwin, save_curtab, TRUE); 8410 } 8411 } 8412 8413 /* 8414 * Skip over the name of an option: "&option", "&g:option" or "&l:option". 8415 * "arg" points to the "&" or '+' when called, to "option" when returning. 8416 * Returns NULL when no option name found. Otherwise pointer to the char 8417 * after the option name. 8418 */ 8419 static char_u * 8420 find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags) 8421 { 8422 char_u *p = *arg; 8423 8424 ++p; 8425 if (*p == 'g' && p[1] == ':') 8426 { 8427 *opt_flags = OPT_GLOBAL; 8428 p += 2; 8429 } 8430 else if (*p == 'l' && p[1] == ':') 8431 { 8432 *opt_flags = OPT_LOCAL; 8433 p += 2; 8434 } 8435 else 8436 *opt_flags = 0; 8437 8438 if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8439 return NULL; 8440 *arg = p; 8441 8442 if (p[0] == 't' && p[1] == '_' && p[2] != NUL && p[3] != NUL) 8443 p += 4; /* termcap option */ 8444 else 8445 while (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8446 ++p; 8447 return p; 8448 } 8449 8450 /* 8451 * Return the autoload script name for a function or variable name. 8452 * Returns NULL when out of memory. 8453 */ 8454 char_u * 8455 autoload_name(char_u *name) 8456 { 8457 char_u *p; 8458 char_u *scriptname; 8459 8460 /* Get the script file name: replace '#' with '/', append ".vim". */ 8461 scriptname = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 14)); 8462 if (scriptname == NULL) 8463 return FALSE; 8464 STRCPY(scriptname, "autoload/"); 8465 STRCAT(scriptname, name); 8466 *vim_strrchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) = NUL; 8467 STRCAT(scriptname, ".vim"); 8468 while ((p = vim_strchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR)) != NULL) 8469 *p = '/'; 8470 return scriptname; 8471 } 8472 8473 /* 8474 * If "name" has a package name try autoloading the script for it. 8475 * Return TRUE if a package was loaded. 8476 */ 8477 int 8478 script_autoload( 8479 char_u *name, 8480 int reload) /* load script again when already loaded */ 8481 { 8482 char_u *p; 8483 char_u *scriptname, *tofree; 8484 int ret = FALSE; 8485 int i; 8486 8487 /* If there is no '#' after name[0] there is no package name. */ 8488 p = vim_strchr(name, AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 8489 if (p == NULL || p == name) 8490 return FALSE; 8491 8492 tofree = scriptname = autoload_name(name); 8493 8494 /* Find the name in the list of previously loaded package names. Skip 8495 * "autoload/", it's always the same. */ 8496 for (i = 0; i < ga_loaded.ga_len; ++i) 8497 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[i] + 9, scriptname + 9) == 0) 8498 break; 8499 if (!reload && i < ga_loaded.ga_len) 8500 ret = FALSE; /* was loaded already */ 8501 else 8502 { 8503 /* Remember the name if it wasn't loaded already. */ 8504 if (i == ga_loaded.ga_len && ga_grow(&ga_loaded, 1) == OK) 8505 { 8506 ((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[ga_loaded.ga_len++] = scriptname; 8507 tofree = NULL; 8508 } 8509 8510 /* Try loading the package from $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/<name>.vim */ 8511 if (source_runtime(scriptname, 0) == OK) 8512 ret = TRUE; 8513 } 8514 8515 vim_free(tofree); 8516 return ret; 8517 } 8518 8519 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(FEAT_SESSION) 8520 typedef enum 8521 { 8522 VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT, /* doesn't start with uppercase */ 8523 VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION, /* starts with uppercase, some lower */ 8524 VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO /* all uppercase */ 8525 } var_flavour_T; 8526 8527 static var_flavour_T var_flavour(char_u *varname); 8528 8529 static var_flavour_T 8530 var_flavour(char_u *varname) 8531 { 8532 char_u *p = varname; 8533 8534 if (ASCII_ISUPPER(*p)) 8535 { 8536 while (*(++p)) 8537 if (ASCII_ISLOWER(*p)) 8538 return VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION; 8539 return VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO; 8540 } 8541 else 8542 return VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT; 8543 } 8544 #endif 8545 8546 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO) 8547 /* 8548 * Restore global vars that start with a capital from the viminfo file 8549 */ 8550 int 8551 read_viminfo_varlist(vir_T *virp, int writing) 8552 { 8553 char_u *tab; 8554 int type = VAR_NUMBER; 8555 typval_T tv; 8556 void *save_funccal; 8557 8558 if (!writing && (find_viminfo_parameter('!') != NULL)) 8559 { 8560 tab = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line + 1, '\t'); 8561 if (tab != NULL) 8562 { 8563 *tab++ = '\0'; /* isolate the variable name */ 8564 switch (*tab) 8565 { 8566 case 'S': type = VAR_STRING; break; 8567 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8568 case 'F': type = VAR_FLOAT; break; 8569 #endif 8570 case 'D': type = VAR_DICT; break; 8571 case 'L': type = VAR_LIST; break; 8572 case 'X': type = VAR_SPECIAL; break; 8573 } 8574 8575 tab = vim_strchr(tab, '\t'); 8576 if (tab != NULL) 8577 { 8578 tv.v_type = type; 8579 if (type == VAR_STRING || type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8580 tv.vval.v_string = viminfo_readstring(virp, 8581 (int)(tab - virp->vir_line + 1), TRUE); 8582 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8583 else if (type == VAR_FLOAT) 8584 (void)string2float(tab + 1, &tv.vval.v_float); 8585 #endif 8586 else 8587 tv.vval.v_number = atol((char *)tab + 1); 8588 if (type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8589 { 8590 typval_T *etv = eval_expr(tv.vval.v_string, NULL); 8591 8592 if (etv == NULL) 8593 /* Failed to parse back the dict or list, use it as a 8594 * string. */ 8595 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 8596 else 8597 { 8598 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8599 tv = *etv; 8600 vim_free(etv); 8601 } 8602 } 8603 8604 /* when in a function use global variables */ 8605 save_funccal = clear_current_funccal(); 8606 set_var(virp->vir_line + 1, &tv, FALSE); 8607 restore_current_funccal(save_funccal); 8608 8609 if (tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8610 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8611 else if (tv.v_type == VAR_DICT || tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 8612 clear_tv(&tv); 8613 } 8614 } 8615 } 8616 8617 return viminfo_readline(virp); 8618 } 8619 8620 /* 8621 * Write global vars that start with a capital to the viminfo file 8622 */ 8623 void 8624 write_viminfo_varlist(FILE *fp) 8625 { 8626 hashitem_T *hi; 8627 dictitem_T *this_var; 8628 int todo; 8629 char *s = ""; 8630 char_u *p; 8631 char_u *tofree; 8632 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8633 8634 if (find_viminfo_parameter('!') == NULL) 8635 return; 8636 8637 fputs(_("\n# global variables:\n"), fp); 8638 8639 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8640 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8641 { 8642 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8643 { 8644 --todo; 8645 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8646 if (var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO) 8647 { 8648 switch (this_var->di_tv.v_type) 8649 { 8650 case VAR_STRING: s = "STR"; break; 8651 case VAR_NUMBER: s = "NUM"; break; 8652 case VAR_FLOAT: s = "FLO"; break; 8653 case VAR_DICT: s = "DIC"; break; 8654 case VAR_LIST: s = "LIS"; break; 8655 case VAR_SPECIAL: s = "XPL"; break; 8656 8657 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8658 case VAR_FUNC: 8659 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8660 case VAR_JOB: 8661 case VAR_CHANNEL: 8662 continue; 8663 } 8664 fprintf(fp, "!%s\t%s\t", this_var->di_key, s); 8665 p = echo_string(&this_var->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 8666 if (p != NULL) 8667 viminfo_writestring(fp, p); 8668 vim_free(tofree); 8669 } 8670 } 8671 } 8672 } 8673 #endif 8674 8675 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(PROTO) 8676 int 8677 store_session_globals(FILE *fd) 8678 { 8679 hashitem_T *hi; 8680 dictitem_T *this_var; 8681 int todo; 8682 char_u *p, *t; 8683 8684 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8685 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8686 { 8687 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8688 { 8689 --todo; 8690 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8691 if ((this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER 8692 || this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8693 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8694 { 8695 /* Escape special characters with a backslash. Turn a LF and 8696 * CR into \n and \r. */ 8697 p = vim_strsave_escaped(get_tv_string(&this_var->di_tv), 8698 (char_u *)"\\\"\n\r"); 8699 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 8700 break; 8701 for (t = p; *t != NUL; ++t) 8702 if (*t == '\n') 8703 *t = 'n'; 8704 else if (*t == '\r') 8705 *t = 'r'; 8706 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%s%c", 8707 this_var->di_key, 8708 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8709 : ' ', 8710 p, 8711 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8712 : ' ') < 0) 8713 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8714 { 8715 vim_free(p); 8716 return FAIL; 8717 } 8718 vim_free(p); 8719 } 8720 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8721 else if (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT 8722 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8723 { 8724 float_T f = this_var->di_tv.vval.v_float; 8725 int sign = ' '; 8726 8727 if (f < 0) 8728 { 8729 f = -f; 8730 sign = '-'; 8731 } 8732 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%f", 8733 this_var->di_key, sign, f) < 0) 8734 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8735 return FAIL; 8736 } 8737 #endif 8738 } 8739 } 8740 return OK; 8741 } 8742 #endif 8743 8744 /* 8745 * Display script name where an item was last set. 8746 * Should only be invoked when 'verbose' is non-zero. 8747 */ 8748 void 8749 last_set_msg(scid_T scriptID) 8750 { 8751 char_u *p; 8752 8753 if (scriptID != 0) 8754 { 8755 p = home_replace_save(NULL, get_scriptname(scriptID)); 8756 if (p != NULL) 8757 { 8758 verbose_enter(); 8759 MSG_PUTS(_("\n\tLast set from ")); 8760 MSG_PUTS(p); 8761 vim_free(p); 8762 verbose_leave(); 8763 } 8764 } 8765 } 8766 8767 /* reset v:option_new, v:option_old and v:option_type */ 8768 void 8769 reset_v_option_vars(void) 8770 { 8771 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_NEW, NULL, -1); 8772 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_OLD, NULL, -1); 8773 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_TYPE, NULL, -1); 8774 } 8775 8776 /* 8777 * Prepare "gap" for an assert error and add the sourcing position. 8778 */ 8779 void 8780 prepare_assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8781 { 8782 char buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8783 8784 ga_init2(gap, 1, 100); 8785 if (sourcing_name != NULL) 8786 { 8787 ga_concat(gap, sourcing_name); 8788 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8789 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" "); 8790 } 8791 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8792 { 8793 sprintf(buf, "line %ld", (long)sourcing_lnum); 8794 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)buf); 8795 } 8796 if (sourcing_name != NULL || sourcing_lnum > 0) 8797 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 8798 } 8799 8800 /* 8801 * Add an assert error to v:errors. 8802 */ 8803 void 8804 assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8805 { 8806 struct vimvar *vp = &vimvars[VV_ERRORS]; 8807 8808 if (vp->vv_type != VAR_LIST || vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list == NULL) 8809 /* Make sure v:errors is a list. */ 8810 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 8811 list_append_string(vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list, gap->ga_data, gap->ga_len); 8812 } 8813 8814 int 8815 assert_equal_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 8816 { 8817 garray_T ga; 8818 8819 if (tv_equal(&argvars[0], &argvars[1], FALSE, FALSE) 8820 != (atype == ASSERT_EQUAL)) 8821 { 8822 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8823 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 8824 atype); 8825 assert_error(&ga); 8826 ga_clear(&ga); 8827 return 1; 8828 } 8829 return 0; 8830 } 8831 8832 int 8833 assert_equalfile(typval_T *argvars) 8834 { 8835 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 8836 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 8837 char_u *fname1 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 8838 char_u *fname2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 8839 garray_T ga; 8840 FILE *fd1; 8841 FILE *fd2; 8842 8843 if (fname1 == NULL || fname2 == NULL) 8844 return 0; 8845 8846 IObuff[0] = NUL; 8847 fd1 = mch_fopen((char *)fname1, READBIN); 8848 if (fd1 == NULL) 8849 { 8850 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)e_notread, fname1); 8851 } 8852 else 8853 { 8854 fd2 = mch_fopen((char *)fname2, READBIN); 8855 if (fd2 == NULL) 8856 { 8857 fclose(fd1); 8858 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)e_notread, fname2); 8859 } 8860 else 8861 { 8862 int c1, c2; 8863 long count = 0; 8864 8865 for (;;) 8866 { 8867 c1 = fgetc(fd1); 8868 c2 = fgetc(fd2); 8869 if (c1 == EOF) 8870 { 8871 if (c2 != EOF) 8872 STRCPY(IObuff, "first file is shorter"); 8873 break; 8874 } 8875 else if (c2 == EOF) 8876 { 8877 STRCPY(IObuff, "second file is shorter"); 8878 break; 8879 } 8880 else if (c1 != c2) 8881 { 8882 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 8883 "difference at byte %ld", count); 8884 break; 8885 } 8886 ++count; 8887 } 8888 fclose(fd1); 8889 fclose(fd2); 8890 } 8891 } 8892 if (IObuff[0] != NUL) 8893 { 8894 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8895 ga_concat(&ga, IObuff); 8896 assert_error(&ga); 8897 ga_clear(&ga); 8898 return 1; 8899 } 8900 return 0; 8901 } 8902 8903 int 8904 assert_match_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 8905 { 8906 garray_T ga; 8907 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 8908 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 8909 char_u *pat = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 8910 char_u *text = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 8911 8912 if (pat == NULL || text == NULL) 8913 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 8914 else if (pattern_match(pat, text, FALSE) != (atype == ASSERT_MATCH)) 8915 { 8916 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8917 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 8918 atype); 8919 assert_error(&ga); 8920 ga_clear(&ga); 8921 return 1; 8922 } 8923 return 0; 8924 } 8925 8926 int 8927 assert_inrange(typval_T *argvars) 8928 { 8929 garray_T ga; 8930 int error = FALSE; 8931 varnumber_T lower = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error); 8932 varnumber_T upper = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[1], &error); 8933 varnumber_T actual = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[2], &error); 8934 char_u *tofree; 8935 char msg[200]; 8936 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8937 8938 if (error) 8939 return 0; 8940 if (actual < lower || actual > upper) 8941 { 8942 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8943 if (argvars[3].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8944 { 8945 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&argvars[3], &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 8946 vim_free(tofree); 8947 } 8948 else 8949 { 8950 vim_snprintf(msg, 200, "Expected range %ld - %ld, but got %ld", 8951 (long)lower, (long)upper, (long)actual); 8952 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)msg); 8953 } 8954 assert_error(&ga); 8955 ga_clear(&ga); 8956 return 1; 8957 } 8958 return 0; 8959 } 8960 8961 /* 8962 * Common for assert_true() and assert_false(). 8963 * Return non-zero for failure. 8964 */ 8965 int 8966 assert_bool(typval_T *argvars, int isTrue) 8967 { 8968 int error = FALSE; 8969 garray_T ga; 8970 8971 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_SPECIAL 8972 && argvars[0].vval.v_number == (isTrue ? VVAL_TRUE : VVAL_FALSE)) 8973 return 0; 8974 if (argvars[0].v_type != VAR_NUMBER 8975 || (get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error) == 0) == isTrue 8976 || error) 8977 { 8978 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8979 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], 8980 (char_u *)(isTrue ? "True" : "False"), 8981 NULL, &argvars[0], ASSERT_OTHER); 8982 assert_error(&ga); 8983 ga_clear(&ga); 8984 return 1; 8985 } 8986 return 0; 8987 } 8988 8989 int 8990 assert_report(typval_T *argvars) 8991 { 8992 garray_T ga; 8993 8994 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8995 ga_concat(&ga, get_tv_string(&argvars[0])); 8996 assert_error(&ga); 8997 ga_clear(&ga); 8998 return 1; 8999 } 9000 9001 int 9002 assert_exception(typval_T *argvars) 9003 { 9004 garray_T ga; 9005 char_u *error = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9006 9007 if (vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str == NULL) 9008 { 9009 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9010 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"v:exception is not set"); 9011 assert_error(&ga); 9012 ga_clear(&ga); 9013 return 1; 9014 } 9015 else if (error != NULL 9016 && strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str, (char *)error) == NULL) 9017 { 9018 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9019 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], NULL, &argvars[0], 9020 &vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9021 assert_error(&ga); 9022 ga_clear(&ga); 9023 return 1; 9024 } 9025 return 0; 9026 } 9027 9028 int 9029 assert_beeps(typval_T *argvars) 9030 { 9031 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9032 garray_T ga; 9033 int ret = 0; 9034 9035 called_vim_beep = FALSE; 9036 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9037 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9038 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9039 if (!called_vim_beep) 9040 { 9041 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9042 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not beep: "); 9043 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9044 assert_error(&ga); 9045 ga_clear(&ga); 9046 ret = 1; 9047 } 9048 9049 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9050 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9051 return ret; 9052 } 9053 9054 int 9055 assert_fails(typval_T *argvars) 9056 { 9057 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9058 garray_T ga; 9059 int ret = 0; 9060 9061 called_emsg = FALSE; 9062 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9063 emsg_silent = TRUE; 9064 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9065 if (!called_emsg) 9066 { 9067 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9068 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not fail: "); 9069 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9070 assert_error(&ga); 9071 ga_clear(&ga); 9072 ret = 1; 9073 } 9074 else if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9075 { 9076 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9077 char *error = (char *)get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 9078 9079 if (error == NULL 9080 || strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_str, error) == NULL) 9081 { 9082 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9083 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[1], 9084 &vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9085 assert_error(&ga); 9086 ga_clear(&ga); 9087 ret = 1; 9088 } 9089 } 9090 9091 called_emsg = FALSE; 9092 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9093 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9094 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9095 set_vim_var_string(VV_ERRMSG, NULL, 0); 9096 return ret; 9097 } 9098 9099 /* 9100 * Append "str" to "gap", escaping unprintable characters. 9101 * Changes NL to \n, CR to \r, etc. 9102 */ 9103 static void 9104 ga_concat_esc(garray_T *gap, char_u *str) 9105 { 9106 char_u *p; 9107 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9108 9109 if (str == NULL) 9110 { 9111 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"NULL"); 9112 return; 9113 } 9114 9115 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ++p) 9116 switch (*p) 9117 { 9118 case BS: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\b"); break; 9119 case ESC: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\e"); break; 9120 case FF: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\f"); break; 9121 case NL: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\n"); break; 9122 case TAB: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\t"); break; 9123 case CAR: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\r"); break; 9124 case '\\': ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\\\"); break; 9125 default: 9126 if (*p < ' ') 9127 { 9128 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "\\x%02x", *p); 9129 ga_concat(gap, buf); 9130 } 9131 else 9132 ga_append(gap, *p); 9133 break; 9134 } 9135 } 9136 9137 /* 9138 * Fill "gap" with information about an assert error. 9139 */ 9140 void 9141 fill_assert_error( 9142 garray_T *gap, 9143 typval_T *opt_msg_tv, 9144 char_u *exp_str, 9145 typval_T *exp_tv, 9146 typval_T *got_tv, 9147 assert_type_T atype) 9148 { 9149 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9150 char_u *tofree; 9151 9152 if (opt_msg_tv->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9153 { 9154 ga_concat(gap, echo_string(opt_msg_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9155 vim_free(tofree); 9156 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 9157 } 9158 9159 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH || atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9160 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Pattern "); 9161 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9162 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected not equal to "); 9163 else 9164 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected "); 9165 if (exp_str == NULL) 9166 { 9167 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(exp_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9168 vim_free(tofree); 9169 } 9170 else 9171 ga_concat_esc(gap, exp_str); 9172 if (atype != ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9173 { 9174 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH) 9175 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does not match "); 9176 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9177 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does match "); 9178 else 9179 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" but got "); 9180 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(got_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9181 vim_free(tofree); 9182 } 9183 } 9184 9185 /* 9186 * Compare "typ1" and "typ2". Put the result in "typ1". 9187 */ 9188 int 9189 typval_compare( 9190 typval_T *typ1, /* first operand */ 9191 typval_T *typ2, /* second operand */ 9192 exptype_T type, /* operator */ 9193 int type_is, /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 9194 int ic) /* ignore case */ 9195 { 9196 int i; 9197 varnumber_T n1, n2; 9198 char_u *s1, *s2; 9199 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 9200 9201 if (type_is && typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9202 { 9203 /* For "is" a different type always means FALSE, for "notis" 9204 * it means TRUE. */ 9205 n1 = (type == TYPE_NEQUAL); 9206 } 9207 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_LIST || typ2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 9208 { 9209 if (type_is) 9210 { 9211 n1 = (typ1->v_type == typ2->v_type 9212 && typ1->vval.v_list == typ2->vval.v_list); 9213 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9214 n1 = !n1; 9215 } 9216 else if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type 9217 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 9218 { 9219 if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9220 EMSG(_("E691: Can only compare List with List")); 9221 else 9222 EMSG(_("E692: Invalid operation for List")); 9223 clear_tv(typ1); 9224 return FAIL; 9225 } 9226 else 9227 { 9228 /* Compare two Lists for being equal or unequal. */ 9229 n1 = list_equal(typ1->vval.v_list, typ2->vval.v_list, 9230 ic, FALSE); 9231 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9232 n1 = !n1; 9233 } 9234 } 9235 9236 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_DICT || typ2->v_type == VAR_DICT) 9237 { 9238 if (type_is) 9239 { 9240 n1 = (typ1->v_type == typ2->v_type 9241 && typ1->vval.v_dict == typ2->vval.v_dict); 9242 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9243 n1 = !n1; 9244 } 9245 else if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type 9246 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 9247 { 9248 if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9249 EMSG(_("E735: Can only compare Dictionary with Dictionary")); 9250 else 9251 EMSG(_("E736: Invalid operation for Dictionary")); 9252 clear_tv(typ1); 9253 return FAIL; 9254 } 9255 else 9256 { 9257 /* Compare two Dictionaries for being equal or unequal. */ 9258 n1 = dict_equal(typ1->vval.v_dict, typ2->vval.v_dict, 9259 ic, FALSE); 9260 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9261 n1 = !n1; 9262 } 9263 } 9264 9265 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FUNC || typ2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 9266 || typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL || typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 9267 { 9268 if (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL) 9269 { 9270 EMSG(_("E694: Invalid operation for Funcrefs")); 9271 clear_tv(typ1); 9272 return FAIL; 9273 } 9274 if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9275 && typ1->vval.v_partial == NULL) 9276 || (typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9277 && typ2->vval.v_partial == NULL)) 9278 /* when a partial is NULL assume not equal */ 9279 n1 = FALSE; 9280 else if (type_is) 9281 { 9282 if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FUNC && typ2->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 9283 /* strings are considered the same if their value is 9284 * the same */ 9285 n1 = tv_equal(typ1, typ2, ic, FALSE); 9286 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9287 && typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 9288 n1 = (typ1->vval.v_partial == typ2->vval.v_partial); 9289 else 9290 n1 = FALSE; 9291 } 9292 else 9293 n1 = tv_equal(typ1, typ2, ic, FALSE); 9294 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9295 n1 = !n1; 9296 } 9297 9298 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 9299 /* 9300 * If one of the two variables is a float, compare as a float. 9301 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 9302 */ 9303 else if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || typ2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9304 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9305 { 9306 float_T f1, f2; 9307 9308 if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9309 f1 = typ1->vval.v_float; 9310 else 9311 f1 = get_tv_number(typ1); 9312 if (typ2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9313 f2 = typ2->vval.v_float; 9314 else 9315 f2 = get_tv_number(typ2); 9316 n1 = FALSE; 9317 switch (type) 9318 { 9319 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (f1 == f2); break; 9320 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (f1 != f2); break; 9321 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (f1 > f2); break; 9322 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (f1 >= f2); break; 9323 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (f1 < f2); break; 9324 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (f1 <= f2); break; 9325 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 9326 case TYPE_MATCH: 9327 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9328 } 9329 } 9330 #endif 9331 9332 /* 9333 * If one of the two variables is a number, compare as a number. 9334 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 9335 */ 9336 else if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || typ2->v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 9337 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9338 { 9339 n1 = get_tv_number(typ1); 9340 n2 = get_tv_number(typ2); 9341 switch (type) 9342 { 9343 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (n1 == n2); break; 9344 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (n1 != n2); break; 9345 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (n1 > n2); break; 9346 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (n1 >= n2); break; 9347 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (n1 < n2); break; 9348 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (n1 <= n2); break; 9349 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 9350 case TYPE_MATCH: 9351 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9352 } 9353 } 9354 else 9355 { 9356 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(typ1, buf1); 9357 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(typ2, buf2); 9358 if (type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9359 i = ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2); 9360 else 9361 i = 0; 9362 n1 = FALSE; 9363 switch (type) 9364 { 9365 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (i == 0); break; 9366 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (i != 0); break; 9367 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (i > 0); break; 9368 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (i >= 0); break; 9369 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (i < 0); break; 9370 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (i <= 0); break; 9371 9372 case TYPE_MATCH: 9373 case TYPE_NOMATCH: 9374 n1 = pattern_match(s2, s1, ic); 9375 if (type == TYPE_NOMATCH) 9376 n1 = !n1; 9377 break; 9378 9379 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9380 } 9381 } 9382 clear_tv(typ1); 9383 typ1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 9384 typ1->vval.v_number = n1; 9385 9386 return OK; 9387 } 9388 9389 char_u * 9390 typval_tostring(arg) 9391 typval_T *arg; 9392 { 9393 char_u *tofree; 9394 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9395 char_u *ret = NULL; 9396 9397 if (arg == NULL) 9398 return vim_strsave((char_u *)"(does not exist)"); 9399 ret = tv2string(arg, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 9400 /* Make a copy if we have a value but it's not in allocated memory. */ 9401 if (ret != NULL && tofree == NULL) 9402 ret = vim_strsave(ret); 9403 return ret; 9404 } 9405 9406 int 9407 var_exists(char_u *var) 9408 { 9409 char_u *name; 9410 char_u *tofree; 9411 typval_T tv; 9412 int len = 0; 9413 int n = FALSE; 9414 9415 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 9416 name = var; 9417 len = get_name_len(&var, &tofree, TRUE, FALSE); 9418 if (len > 0) 9419 { 9420 if (tofree != NULL) 9421 name = tofree; 9422 n = (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == OK); 9423 if (n) 9424 { 9425 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 9426 n = (handle_subscript(&var, &tv, TRUE, FALSE) == OK); 9427 if (n) 9428 clear_tv(&tv); 9429 } 9430 } 9431 if (*var != NUL) 9432 n = FALSE; 9433 9434 vim_free(tofree); 9435 return n; 9436 } 9437 9438 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ 9439 9440 9441 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 9442 9443 #ifdef WIN3264 9444 /* 9445 * Functions for ":8" filename modifier: get 8.3 version of a filename. 9446 */ 9447 static int get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9448 static int shortpath_for_invalid_fname(char_u **fname, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9449 static int shortpath_for_partial(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9450 9451 /* 9452 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fnamep". 9453 * Only works for a valid file name. 9454 * When the path gets longer "fnamep" is changed and the allocated buffer 9455 * is put in "bufp". 9456 * *fnamelen is the length of "fnamep" and set to 0 for a nonexistent path. 9457 * Returns OK on success, FAIL on failure. 9458 */ 9459 static int 9460 get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen) 9461 { 9462 int l, len; 9463 char_u *newbuf; 9464 9465 len = *fnamelen; 9466 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, len); 9467 if (l > len - 1) 9468 { 9469 /* If that doesn't work (not enough space), then save the string 9470 * and try again with a new buffer big enough. */ 9471 newbuf = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, l); 9472 if (newbuf == NULL) 9473 return FAIL; 9474 9475 vim_free(*bufp); 9476 *fnamep = *bufp = newbuf; 9477 9478 /* Really should always succeed, as the buffer is big enough. */ 9479 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, l+1); 9480 } 9481 9482 *fnamelen = l; 9483 return OK; 9484 } 9485 9486 /* 9487 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fname". The converted 9488 * path is returned in "bufp". 9489 * 9490 * Some of the directories specified in "fname" may not exist. This function 9491 * will shorten the existing directories at the beginning of the path and then 9492 * append the remaining non-existing path. 9493 * 9494 * fname - Pointer to the filename to shorten. On return, contains the 9495 * pointer to the shortened pathname 9496 * bufp - Pointer to an allocated buffer for the filename. 9497 * fnamelen - Length of the filename pointed to by fname 9498 * 9499 * Returns OK on success (or nothing done) and FAIL on failure (out of memory). 9500 */ 9501 static int 9502 shortpath_for_invalid_fname( 9503 char_u **fname, 9504 char_u **bufp, 9505 int *fnamelen) 9506 { 9507 char_u *short_fname, *save_fname, *pbuf_unused; 9508 char_u *endp, *save_endp; 9509 char_u ch; 9510 int old_len, len; 9511 int new_len, sfx_len; 9512 int retval = OK; 9513 9514 /* Make a copy */ 9515 old_len = *fnamelen; 9516 save_fname = vim_strnsave(*fname, old_len); 9517 pbuf_unused = NULL; 9518 short_fname = NULL; 9519 9520 endp = save_fname + old_len - 1; /* Find the end of the copy */ 9521 save_endp = endp; 9522 9523 /* 9524 * Try shortening the supplied path till it succeeds by removing one 9525 * directory at a time from the tail of the path. 9526 */ 9527 len = 0; 9528 for (;;) 9529 { 9530 /* go back one path-separator */ 9531 while (endp > save_fname && !after_pathsep(save_fname, endp + 1)) 9532 --endp; 9533 if (endp <= save_fname) 9534 break; /* processed the complete path */ 9535 9536 /* 9537 * Replace the path separator with a NUL and try to shorten the 9538 * resulting path. 9539 */ 9540 ch = *endp; 9541 *endp = 0; 9542 short_fname = save_fname; 9543 len = (int)STRLEN(short_fname) + 1; 9544 if (get_short_pathname(&short_fname, &pbuf_unused, &len) == FAIL) 9545 { 9546 retval = FAIL; 9547 goto theend; 9548 } 9549 *endp = ch; /* preserve the string */ 9550 9551 if (len > 0) 9552 break; /* successfully shortened the path */ 9553 9554 /* failed to shorten the path. Skip the path separator */ 9555 --endp; 9556 } 9557 9558 if (len > 0) 9559 { 9560 /* 9561 * Succeeded in shortening the path. Now concatenate the shortened 9562 * path with the remaining path at the tail. 9563 */ 9564 9565 /* Compute the length of the new path. */ 9566 sfx_len = (int)(save_endp - endp) + 1; 9567 new_len = len + sfx_len; 9568 9569 *fnamelen = new_len; 9570 vim_free(*bufp); 9571 if (new_len > old_len) 9572 { 9573 /* There is not enough space in the currently allocated string, 9574 * copy it to a buffer big enough. */ 9575 *fname = *bufp = vim_strnsave(short_fname, new_len); 9576 if (*fname == NULL) 9577 { 9578 retval = FAIL; 9579 goto theend; 9580 } 9581 } 9582 else 9583 { 9584 /* Transfer short_fname to the main buffer (it's big enough), 9585 * unless get_short_pathname() did its work in-place. */ 9586 *fname = *bufp = save_fname; 9587 if (short_fname != save_fname) 9588 vim_strncpy(save_fname, short_fname, len); 9589 save_fname = NULL; 9590 } 9591 9592 /* concat the not-shortened part of the path */ 9593 vim_strncpy(*fname + len, endp, sfx_len); 9594 (*fname)[new_len] = NUL; 9595 } 9596 9597 theend: 9598 vim_free(pbuf_unused); 9599 vim_free(save_fname); 9600 9601 return retval; 9602 } 9603 9604 /* 9605 * Get a pathname for a partial path. 9606 * Returns OK for success, FAIL for failure. 9607 */ 9608 static int 9609 shortpath_for_partial( 9610 char_u **fnamep, 9611 char_u **bufp, 9612 int *fnamelen) 9613 { 9614 int sepcount, len, tflen; 9615 char_u *p; 9616 char_u *pbuf, *tfname; 9617 int hasTilde; 9618 9619 /* Count up the path separators from the RHS.. so we know which part 9620 * of the path to return. */ 9621 sepcount = 0; 9622 for (p = *fnamep; p < *fnamep + *fnamelen; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9623 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9624 ++sepcount; 9625 9626 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9627 hasTilde = (**fnamep == '~'); 9628 if (hasTilde) 9629 pbuf = tfname = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9630 else 9631 pbuf = tfname = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9632 9633 len = tflen = (int)STRLEN(tfname); 9634 9635 if (get_short_pathname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9636 return FAIL; 9637 9638 if (len == 0) 9639 { 9640 /* Don't have a valid filename, so shorten the rest of the 9641 * path if we can. This CAN give us invalid 8.3 filenames, but 9642 * there's not a lot of point in guessing what it might be. 9643 */ 9644 len = tflen; 9645 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9646 return FAIL; 9647 } 9648 9649 /* Count the paths backward to find the beginning of the desired string. */ 9650 for (p = tfname + len - 1; p >= tfname; --p) 9651 { 9652 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9653 if (has_mbyte) 9654 p -= mb_head_off(tfname, p); 9655 #endif 9656 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9657 { 9658 if (sepcount == 0 || (hasTilde && sepcount == 1)) 9659 break; 9660 else 9661 sepcount --; 9662 } 9663 } 9664 if (hasTilde) 9665 { 9666 --p; 9667 if (p >= tfname) 9668 *p = '~'; 9669 else 9670 return FAIL; 9671 } 9672 else 9673 ++p; 9674 9675 /* Copy in the string - p indexes into tfname - allocated at pbuf */ 9676 vim_free(*bufp); 9677 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 9678 *bufp = pbuf; 9679 *fnamep = p; 9680 9681 return OK; 9682 } 9683 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9684 9685 /* 9686 * Adjust a filename, according to a string of modifiers. 9687 * *fnamep must be NUL terminated when called. When returning, the length is 9688 * determined by *fnamelen. 9689 * Returns VALID_ flags or -1 for failure. 9690 * When there is an error, *fnamep is set to NULL. 9691 */ 9692 int 9693 modify_fname( 9694 char_u *src, /* string with modifiers */ 9695 int *usedlen, /* characters after src that are used */ 9696 char_u **fnamep, /* file name so far */ 9697 char_u **bufp, /* buffer for allocated file name or NULL */ 9698 int *fnamelen) /* length of fnamep */ 9699 { 9700 int valid = 0; 9701 char_u *tail; 9702 char_u *s, *p, *pbuf; 9703 char_u dirname[MAXPATHL]; 9704 int c; 9705 int has_fullname = 0; 9706 #ifdef WIN3264 9707 char_u *fname_start = *fnamep; 9708 int has_shortname = 0; 9709 #endif 9710 9711 repeat: 9712 /* ":p" - full path/file_name */ 9713 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'p') 9714 { 9715 has_fullname = 1; 9716 9717 valid |= VALID_PATH; 9718 *usedlen += 2; 9719 9720 /* Expand "~/path" for all systems and "~user/path" for Unix and VMS */ 9721 if ((*fnamep)[0] == '~' 9722 #if !defined(UNIX) && !(defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) 9723 && ((*fnamep)[1] == '/' 9724 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 9725 || (*fnamep)[1] == '\\' 9726 # endif 9727 || (*fnamep)[1] == NUL) 9728 9729 #endif 9730 ) 9731 { 9732 *fnamep = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9733 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9734 *bufp = *fnamep; 9735 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9736 return -1; 9737 } 9738 9739 /* When "/." or "/.." is used: force expansion to get rid of it. */ 9740 for (p = *fnamep; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9741 { 9742 if (vim_ispathsep(*p) 9743 && p[1] == '.' 9744 && (p[2] == NUL 9745 || vim_ispathsep(p[2]) 9746 || (p[2] == '.' 9747 && (p[3] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(p[3]))))) 9748 break; 9749 } 9750 9751 /* FullName_save() is slow, don't use it when not needed. */ 9752 if (*p != NUL || !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9753 { 9754 *fnamep = FullName_save(*fnamep, *p != NUL); 9755 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9756 *bufp = *fnamep; 9757 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9758 return -1; 9759 } 9760 9761 #ifdef WIN3264 9762 # if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0500 9763 if (vim_strchr(*fnamep, '~') != NULL) 9764 { 9765 /* Expand 8.3 filename to full path. Needed to make sure the same 9766 * file does not have two different names. 9767 * Note: problem does not occur if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500. */ 9768 p = alloc(_MAX_PATH + 1); 9769 if (p != NULL) 9770 { 9771 if (GetLongPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)p, _MAX_PATH)) 9772 { 9773 vim_free(*bufp); 9774 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9775 } 9776 else 9777 vim_free(p); 9778 } 9779 } 9780 # endif 9781 #endif 9782 /* Append a path separator to a directory. */ 9783 if (mch_isdir(*fnamep)) 9784 { 9785 /* Make room for one or two extra characters. */ 9786 *fnamep = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) + 2); 9787 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9788 *bufp = *fnamep; 9789 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9790 return -1; 9791 add_pathsep(*fnamep); 9792 } 9793 } 9794 9795 /* ":." - path relative to the current directory */ 9796 /* ":~" - path relative to the home directory */ 9797 /* ":8" - shortname path - postponed till after */ 9798 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9799 && ((c = src[*usedlen + 1]) == '.' || c == '~' || c == '8')) 9800 { 9801 *usedlen += 2; 9802 if (c == '8') 9803 { 9804 #ifdef WIN3264 9805 has_shortname = 1; /* Postpone this. */ 9806 #endif 9807 continue; 9808 } 9809 pbuf = NULL; 9810 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9811 if (!has_fullname) 9812 { 9813 if (c == '.' && **fnamep == '~') 9814 p = pbuf = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9815 else 9816 p = pbuf = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9817 } 9818 else 9819 p = *fnamep; 9820 9821 has_fullname = 0; 9822 9823 if (p != NULL) 9824 { 9825 if (c == '.') 9826 { 9827 mch_dirname(dirname, MAXPATHL); 9828 s = shorten_fname(p, dirname); 9829 if (s != NULL) 9830 { 9831 *fnamep = s; 9832 if (pbuf != NULL) 9833 { 9834 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9835 *bufp = pbuf; 9836 pbuf = NULL; 9837 } 9838 } 9839 } 9840 else 9841 { 9842 home_replace(NULL, p, dirname, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 9843 /* Only replace it when it starts with '~' */ 9844 if (*dirname == '~') 9845 { 9846 s = vim_strsave(dirname); 9847 if (s != NULL) 9848 { 9849 *fnamep = s; 9850 vim_free(*bufp); 9851 *bufp = s; 9852 } 9853 } 9854 } 9855 vim_free(pbuf); 9856 } 9857 } 9858 9859 tail = gettail(*fnamep); 9860 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(*fnamep); 9861 9862 /* ":h" - head, remove "/file_name", can be repeated */ 9863 /* Don't remove the first "/" or "c:\" */ 9864 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'h') 9865 { 9866 valid |= VALID_HEAD; 9867 *usedlen += 2; 9868 s = get_past_head(*fnamep); 9869 while (tail > s && after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9870 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9871 *fnamelen = (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9872 #ifdef VMS 9873 if (*fnamelen > 0) 9874 *fnamelen += 1; /* the path separator is part of the path */ 9875 #endif 9876 if (*fnamelen == 0) 9877 { 9878 /* Result is empty. Turn it into "." to make ":cd %:h" work. */ 9879 p = vim_strsave((char_u *)"."); 9880 if (p == NULL) 9881 return -1; 9882 vim_free(*bufp); 9883 *bufp = *fnamep = tail = p; 9884 *fnamelen = 1; 9885 } 9886 else 9887 { 9888 while (tail > s && !after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9889 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9890 } 9891 } 9892 9893 /* ":8" - shortname */ 9894 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == '8') 9895 { 9896 *usedlen += 2; 9897 #ifdef WIN3264 9898 has_shortname = 1; 9899 #endif 9900 } 9901 9902 #ifdef WIN3264 9903 /* 9904 * Handle ":8" after we have done 'heads' and before we do 'tails'. 9905 */ 9906 if (has_shortname) 9907 { 9908 /* Copy the string if it is shortened by :h and when it wasn't copied 9909 * yet, because we are going to change it in place. Avoids changing 9910 * the buffer name for "%:8". */ 9911 if (*fnamelen < (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) || *fnamep == fname_start) 9912 { 9913 p = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 9914 if (p == NULL) 9915 return -1; 9916 vim_free(*bufp); 9917 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9918 } 9919 9920 /* Split into two implementations - makes it easier. First is where 9921 * there isn't a full name already, second is where there is. */ 9922 if (!has_fullname && !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9923 { 9924 if (shortpath_for_partial(fnamep, bufp, fnamelen) == FAIL) 9925 return -1; 9926 } 9927 else 9928 { 9929 int l = *fnamelen; 9930 9931 /* Simple case, already have the full-name. 9932 * Nearly always shorter, so try first time. */ 9933 if (get_short_pathname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9934 return -1; 9935 9936 if (l == 0) 9937 { 9938 /* Couldn't find the filename, search the paths. */ 9939 l = *fnamelen; 9940 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9941 return -1; 9942 } 9943 *fnamelen = l; 9944 } 9945 } 9946 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9947 9948 /* ":t" - tail, just the basename */ 9949 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 't') 9950 { 9951 *usedlen += 2; 9952 *fnamelen -= (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9953 *fnamep = tail; 9954 } 9955 9956 /* ":e" - extension, can be repeated */ 9957 /* ":r" - root, without extension, can be repeated */ 9958 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9959 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' || src[*usedlen + 1] == 'r')) 9960 { 9961 /* find a '.' in the tail: 9962 * - for second :e: before the current fname 9963 * - otherwise: The last '.' 9964 */ 9965 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' && *fnamep > tail) 9966 s = *fnamep - 2; 9967 else 9968 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9969 for ( ; s > tail; --s) 9970 if (s[0] == '.') 9971 break; 9972 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e') /* :e */ 9973 { 9974 if (s > tail) 9975 { 9976 *fnamelen += (int)(*fnamep - (s + 1)); 9977 *fnamep = s + 1; 9978 #ifdef VMS 9979 /* cut version from the extension */ 9980 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9981 for ( ; s > *fnamep; --s) 9982 if (s[0] == ';') 9983 break; 9984 if (s > *fnamep) 9985 *fnamelen = s - *fnamep; 9986 #endif 9987 } 9988 else if (*fnamep <= tail) 9989 *fnamelen = 0; 9990 } 9991 else /* :r */ 9992 { 9993 if (s > tail) /* remove one extension */ 9994 *fnamelen = (int)(s - *fnamep); 9995 } 9996 *usedlen += 2; 9997 } 9998 9999 /* ":s?pat?foo?" - substitute */ 10000 /* ":gs?pat?foo?" - global substitute */ 10001 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' 10002 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 's' 10003 || (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g' && src[*usedlen + 2] == 's'))) 10004 { 10005 char_u *str; 10006 char_u *pat; 10007 char_u *sub; 10008 int sep; 10009 char_u *flags; 10010 int didit = FALSE; 10011 10012 flags = (char_u *)""; 10013 s = src + *usedlen + 2; 10014 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g') 10015 { 10016 flags = (char_u *)"g"; 10017 ++s; 10018 } 10019 10020 sep = *s++; 10021 if (sep) 10022 { 10023 /* find end of pattern */ 10024 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 10025 if (p != NULL) 10026 { 10027 pat = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 10028 if (pat != NULL) 10029 { 10030 s = p + 1; 10031 /* find end of substitution */ 10032 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 10033 if (p != NULL) 10034 { 10035 sub = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 10036 str = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 10037 if (sub != NULL && str != NULL) 10038 { 10039 *usedlen = (int)(p + 1 - src); 10040 s = do_string_sub(str, pat, sub, NULL, flags); 10041 if (s != NULL) 10042 { 10043 *fnamep = s; 10044 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(s); 10045 vim_free(*bufp); 10046 *bufp = s; 10047 didit = TRUE; 10048 } 10049 } 10050 vim_free(sub); 10051 vim_free(str); 10052 } 10053 vim_free(pat); 10054 } 10055 } 10056 /* after using ":s", repeat all the modifiers */ 10057 if (didit) 10058 goto repeat; 10059 } 10060 } 10061 10062 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'S') 10063 { 10064 /* vim_strsave_shellescape() needs a NUL terminated string. */ 10065 c = (*fnamep)[*fnamelen]; 10066 if (c != NUL) 10067 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = NUL; 10068 p = vim_strsave_shellescape(*fnamep, FALSE, FALSE); 10069 if (c != NUL) 10070 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = c; 10071 if (p == NULL) 10072 return -1; 10073 vim_free(*bufp); 10074 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 10075 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 10076 *usedlen += 2; 10077 } 10078 10079 return valid; 10080 } 10081 10082 /* 10083 * Perform a substitution on "str" with pattern "pat" and substitute "sub". 10084 * When "sub" is NULL "expr" is used, must be a VAR_FUNC or VAR_PARTIAL. 10085 * "flags" can be "g" to do a global substitute. 10086 * Returns an allocated string, NULL for error. 10087 */ 10088 char_u * 10089 do_string_sub( 10090 char_u *str, 10091 char_u *pat, 10092 char_u *sub, 10093 typval_T *expr, 10094 char_u *flags) 10095 { 10096 int sublen; 10097 regmatch_T regmatch; 10098 int i; 10099 int do_all; 10100 char_u *tail; 10101 char_u *end; 10102 garray_T ga; 10103 char_u *ret; 10104 char_u *save_cpo; 10105 char_u *zero_width = NULL; 10106 10107 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, so that the 'l' flag doesn't work here */ 10108 save_cpo = p_cpo; 10109 p_cpo = empty_option; 10110 10111 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 200); 10112 10113 do_all = (flags[0] == 'g'); 10114 10115 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; 10116 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 10117 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 10118 { 10119 tail = str; 10120 end = str + STRLEN(str); 10121 while (vim_regexec_nl(®match, str, (colnr_T)(tail - str))) 10122 { 10123 /* Skip empty match except for first match. */ 10124 if (regmatch.startp[0] == regmatch.endp[0]) 10125 { 10126 if (zero_width == regmatch.startp[0]) 10127 { 10128 /* avoid getting stuck on a match with an empty string */ 10129 i = MB_PTR2LEN(tail); 10130 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, 10131 (size_t)i); 10132 ga.ga_len += i; 10133 tail += i; 10134 continue; 10135 } 10136 zero_width = regmatch.startp[0]; 10137 } 10138 10139 /* 10140 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the substitution 10141 * into. It will contain: 10142 * - The text up to where the match is. 10143 * - The substituted text. 10144 * - The text after the match. 10145 */ 10146 sublen = vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, tail, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 10147 if (ga_grow(&ga, (int)((end - tail) + sublen - 10148 (regmatch.endp[0] - regmatch.startp[0]))) == FAIL) 10149 { 10150 ga_clear(&ga); 10151 break; 10152 } 10153 10154 /* copy the text up to where the match is */ 10155 i = (int)(regmatch.startp[0] - tail); 10156 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, (size_t)i); 10157 /* add the substituted text */ 10158 (void)vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, (char_u *)ga.ga_data 10159 + ga.ga_len + i, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE); 10160 ga.ga_len += i + sublen - 1; 10161 tail = regmatch.endp[0]; 10162 if (*tail == NUL) 10163 break; 10164 if (!do_all) 10165 break; 10166 } 10167 10168 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) 10169 STRCPY((char *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail); 10170 10171 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 10172 } 10173 10174 ret = vim_strsave(ga.ga_data == NULL ? str : (char_u *)ga.ga_data); 10175 ga_clear(&ga); 10176 if (p_cpo == empty_option) 10177 p_cpo = save_cpo; 10178 else 10179 /* Darn, evaluating {sub} expression or {expr} changed the value. */ 10180 free_string_option(save_cpo); 10181 10182 return ret; 10183 } 10184 10185 static int 10186 filter_map_one(typval_T *tv, typval_T *expr, int map, int *remp) 10187 { 10188 typval_T rettv; 10189 typval_T argv[3]; 10190 int retval = FAIL; 10191 10192 copy_tv(tv, &vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10193 argv[0] = vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv; 10194 argv[1] = vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv; 10195 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, argv, 2, &rettv) == FAIL) 10196 goto theend; 10197 if (map) 10198 { 10199 /* map(): replace the list item value */ 10200 clear_tv(tv); 10201 rettv.v_lock = 0; 10202 *tv = rettv; 10203 } 10204 else 10205 { 10206 int error = FALSE; 10207 10208 /* filter(): when expr is zero remove the item */ 10209 *remp = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, &error) == 0); 10210 clear_tv(&rettv); 10211 /* On type error, nothing has been removed; return FAIL to stop the 10212 * loop. The error message was given by get_tv_number_chk(). */ 10213 if (error) 10214 goto theend; 10215 } 10216 retval = OK; 10217 theend: 10218 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10219 return retval; 10220 } 10221 10222 10223 /* 10224 * Implementation of map() and filter(). 10225 */ 10226 void 10227 filter_map(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int map) 10228 { 10229 typval_T *expr; 10230 listitem_T *li, *nli; 10231 list_T *l = NULL; 10232 dictitem_T *di; 10233 hashtab_T *ht; 10234 hashitem_T *hi; 10235 dict_T *d = NULL; 10236 typval_T save_val; 10237 typval_T save_key; 10238 int rem; 10239 int todo; 10240 char_u *ermsg = (char_u *)(map ? "map()" : "filter()"); 10241 char_u *arg_errmsg = (char_u *)(map ? N_("map() argument") 10242 : N_("filter() argument")); 10243 int save_did_emsg; 10244 int idx = 0; 10245 10246 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_LIST) 10247 { 10248 if ((l = argvars[0].vval.v_list) == NULL 10249 || (!map && tv_check_lock(l->lv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10250 return; 10251 } 10252 else if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10253 { 10254 if ((d = argvars[0].vval.v_dict) == NULL 10255 || (!map && tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10256 return; 10257 } 10258 else 10259 { 10260 EMSG2(_(e_listdictarg), ermsg); 10261 return; 10262 } 10263 10264 expr = &argvars[1]; 10265 /* On type errors, the preceding call has already displayed an error 10266 * message. Avoid a misleading error message for an empty string that 10267 * was not passed as argument. */ 10268 if (expr->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 10269 { 10270 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10271 10272 /* We reset "did_emsg" to be able to detect whether an error 10273 * occurred during evaluation of the expression. */ 10274 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10275 did_emsg = FALSE; 10276 10277 prepare_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10278 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10279 { 10280 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 10281 10282 ht = &d->dv_hashtab; 10283 hash_lock(ht); 10284 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 10285 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 10286 { 10287 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 10288 { 10289 int r; 10290 10291 --todo; 10292 di = HI2DI(hi); 10293 if (map && 10294 (tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10295 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10296 break; 10297 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_str = vim_strsave(di->di_key); 10298 r = filter_map_one(&di->di_tv, expr, map, &rem); 10299 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv); 10300 if (r == FAIL || did_emsg) 10301 break; 10302 if (!map && rem) 10303 { 10304 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10305 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10306 break; 10307 dictitem_remove(d, di); 10308 } 10309 } 10310 } 10311 hash_unlock(ht); 10312 } 10313 else 10314 { 10315 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_NUMBER; 10316 10317 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = nli) 10318 { 10319 if (map && tv_check_lock(li->li_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10320 break; 10321 nli = li->li_next; 10322 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_nr = idx; 10323 if (filter_map_one(&li->li_tv, expr, map, &rem) == FAIL 10324 || did_emsg) 10325 break; 10326 if (!map && rem) 10327 listitem_remove(l, li); 10328 ++idx; 10329 } 10330 } 10331 10332 restore_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10333 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10334 10335 did_emsg |= save_did_emsg; 10336 } 10337 10338 copy_tv(&argvars[0], rettv); 10339 } 10340 10341 #endif /* defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) */ 10342